Add 2007 to copyright years.
[bpt/emacs.git] / man / cc-mode.texi
CommitLineData
6bf7aab6 1\input texinfo
3a731e1f
MS
2@c Notes to self regarding line handling:
3@c
4@c Empty lines are often significant before @end directives; avoid them.
5@c
6@c Empty lines before and after @example directives are significant in
7@c info output but not in TeX. Empty lines inside @example directives
8@c are significant.
9
10@c Conventions for formatting examples:
11@c o If the example contains empty lines then put the surrounding empty
12@c lines inside the @example directives. Put them outside otherwise.
13@c o Use @group inside the example only if it shows indentation where
14@c the relation between lines inside is relevant.
15@c o Format line number columns like this:
16@c 1: foo
17@c 2: bar
18@c ^ one space
19@c ^^ two columns, right alignment
20@c o Check line lengths in TeX output; they can typically be no longer
21@c than 70 chars, 60 if the paragraph is indented.
22
23@comment TBD: Document the finer details of statement anchoring?
24
6bf7aab6
DL
25@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
26@comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region)
27@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
28
116e44a1
AM
29
30@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
31@comment How to make the various output formats:
32@comment (Thanks to Robert Chassell for supplying this information.)
33@comment Note that Texinfo 4.7 (or later) is needed.
34@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
35@ignore
36In each of the following pairs of commands, the first generates a
37version with cross references pointing to the GNU Emacs manuals,
38the second with them pointing to the XEmacs manuals.
39 ## Info output
40 makeinfo cc-mode.texi
41 makeinfo -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi
42
43 ## DVI output
44 ## You may need to set up the environment variable TEXINPUTS so
45 ## that tex can find the file texinfo.tex - See the tex
46 ## manpage.
47 texi2dvi cc-mode.texi
48 texi2dvi -t "@set XEMACS " cc-mode.texi
49
50 ## HTML output. (The --no-split parameter is optional)
51 makeinfo --html --no-split cc-mode.texi
52 makeinfo --html --no-split -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi
53
54 ## Plain text output
55 makeinfo --fill-column=70 --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
56 --no-headers --output=cc-mode.txt cc-mode.texi
57 makeinfo --fill-column=70 --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
58 --no-headers --output=cc-mode.txt -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi
59
60 ## DocBook output
61 makeinfo --docbook --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
62 cc-mode.texi
63 makeinfo --docbook --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
64 -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi
65
66 ## XML output
67 makeinfo --xml --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
68 cc-mode.texi
69 makeinfo --xml --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
70 -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi
71
72 #### (You must be in the same directory as the viewed file.)
73
74 ## View DVI output
75 xdvi cc-mode.dvi &
76
77 ## View HTML output
78 mozilla cc-mode.html
79@end ignore
80
d7bd46ed
GM
81@comment No overfull hbox marks in the dvi file.
82@finalout
6bf7aab6 83
94cae5a8 84@setfilename ../info/ccmode
cb7f2e96 85@settitle CC Mode Manual
d7bd46ed 86@footnotestyle end
6bf7aab6 87
116e44a1
AM
88@c The following four macros generate the filenames and titles of the
89@c main (X)Emacs manual and the Elisp/Lispref manual. Leave the
90@c Texinfo variable `XEMACS' unset to generate a GNU Emacs version, set it
91@c to generate an XEmacs version, e.g. with
92@c "makeinfo -DXEMACS cc-mode.texi".
93@ifset XEMACS
94@macro emacsman
95xemacs
96@end macro
97@macro emacsmantitle
98XEmacs User's Manual
99@end macro
100@macro lispref
101lispref
102@end macro
103@macro lispreftitle
104XEmacs Lisp Reference Manual
105@end macro
106@end ifset
107
108@ifclear XEMACS
109@macro emacsman
110emacs
111@end macro
112@macro emacsmantitle
113GNU Emacs Manual
114@end macro
115@macro lispref
116elisp
117@end macro
118@macro lispreftitle
119GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual
120@end macro
121@end ifclear
122
123
124@macro ccmode
125CC Mode
126@end macro
127
6bf7aab6
DL
128@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
129@comment @setchapternewpage odd !! we don't want blank pages !!
130@comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region)
131@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
132
133
134@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
bf247b6e 135@comment
6bf7aab6
DL
136@comment Texinfo manual for CC Mode
137@comment Generated from the original README file by Krishna Padmasola
138@comment <krishna@earth-gw.njit.edu>
cb7f2e96
GM
139@comment
140@comment Authors:
141@comment Barry A. Warsaw
142@comment Martin Stjernholm
116e44a1 143@comment Alan Mackenzie
cb7f2e96 144@comment
116e44a1 145@comment Maintained by Martin Stjernholm and Alan Mackenzie <bug-cc-mode@gnu.org>
bf247b6e 146@comment
6bf7aab6
DL
147@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
148
3a731e1f 149@comment Define an index for syntactic symbols.
116e44a1
AM
150@ifnottex @c In texi2dvi, the @defindex would create an empty cc-mode.ss
151 @c For Info, unlike tex, @syncodeindex needs a matching @defindex.
3a731e1f 152@defindex ss
5f36ee6d 153@end ifnottex
3a731e1f
MS
154
155@comment Combine key, syntactic symbol and concept indices into one.
156@syncodeindex ss cp
157@syncodeindex ky cp
158
18f952d5
KB
159@copying
160This manual is for CC Mode in Emacs.
cb7f2e96 161
3a731e1f 162Copyright @copyright{} 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
4e6835db 1632003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
94cae5a8 164
18f952d5 165@quotation
94cae5a8 166Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
678e7c71 167under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
94cae5a8
GM
168any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
169Invariant Sections being ``The GNU Manifesto'', ``Distribution'' and
170``GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE'', with the Front-Cover texts being ``A GNU
171Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of the
172license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation
173License'' in the Emacs manual.
174
175(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy and modify
176this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by the Free
177Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.''
178
179This document is part of a collection distributed under the GNU Free
180Documentation License. If you want to distribute this document
181separately from the collection, you can do so by adding a copy of the
182license to the document, as described in section 6 of the license.
18f952d5
KB
183@end quotation
184@end copying
185
18f952d5
KB
186@comment Info directory entry for use by install-info. The indentation
187@comment here is by request from the FSF folks.
188@dircategory Emacs
189@direntry
3a731e1f
MS
190* CC Mode: (ccmode). Emacs mode for editing C, C++, Objective-C,
191 Java, Pike, AWK, and CORBA IDL code.
18f952d5 192@end direntry
6bf7aab6
DL
193
194@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
cb7f2e96 195@comment TeX title page
6bf7aab6
DL
196@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
197
198@titlepage
199@sp 10
200
116e44a1 201@center @titlefont{CC Mode 5.31}
6bf7aab6
DL
202@sp 2
203@center @subtitlefont{A GNU Emacs mode for editing C and C-like languages}
204@sp 2
116e44a1 205@center Barry A. Warsaw, Martin Stjernholm, Alan Mackenzie
6bf7aab6
DL
206
207@page
208@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
18f952d5 209@insertcopying
116e44a1 210
4dc5fe62 211This manual was generated from $Revision$ of $RCSfile$, which can be
116e44a1 212downloaded from
0d566910 213@url{http://cvs.savannah.gnu.org/viewcvs/emacs/emacs/man/cc-mode.texi}.
6bf7aab6
DL
214@end titlepage
215
6bf7aab6
DL
216@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
217@comment The Top node contains the master menu for the Info file.
218@comment This appears only in the Info file, not the printed manual.
219@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
220
d7bd46ed
GM
221@node Top, Introduction, (dir), (dir)
222@comment node-name, next, previous, up
223
d7bd46ed
GM
224@ifinfo
225@top @ccmode{}
6bf7aab6 226
d7bd46ed 227@ccmode{} is a GNU Emacs mode for editing files containing C, C++,
3a731e1f 228Objective-C, Java, CORBA IDL (and the variants PSDL and CIDL), Pike
116e44a1
AM
229and AWK code. It provides syntax-based indentation, font locking, and
230has several handy commands and some minor modes to make the editing
231easier. It does not provide tools to look up and navigate between
232functions, classes etc - there are other packages for that.
d7bd46ed 233@end ifinfo
6bf7aab6
DL
234
235@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
236@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
237
238@menu
116e44a1
AM
239* Introduction::
240* Overview::
241* Getting Started::
242* Commands::
243* Font Locking::
244* Config Basics::
245* Custom Filling and Breaking::
246* Custom Auto-newlines::
247* Clean-ups::
248* Indentation Engine Basics::
249* Customizing Indentation::
250* Custom Macros::
251* Odds and Ends::
252* Sample .emacs File::
253* Performance Issues::
254* Limitations and Known Bugs::
255* FAQ::
256* Updating CC Mode::
257* Mailing Lists and Bug Reports::
258* Command and Function Index::
259* Variable Index::
260* Concept and Key Index::
d7bd46ed 261
3a731e1f 262@detailmenu
d7bd46ed
GM
263 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
264
116e44a1 265Commands
d7bd46ed 266
116e44a1
AM
267* Indentation Commands::
268* Comment Commands::
269* Movement Commands::
270* Filling and Breaking::
271* Minor Modes::
272* Electric Keys::
273* Auto-newlines::
274* Hungry WS Deletion::
275* Subword Movement::
276* Other Commands::
d7bd46ed 277
116e44a1 278Font Locking
d7bd46ed 279
116e44a1
AM
280* Font Locking Preliminaries::
281* Faces::
282* Doc Comments::
283* AWK Mode Font Locking::
d7bd46ed 284
116e44a1 285Configuration Basics
3a731e1f 286
116e44a1
AM
287* CC Hooks::
288* Style Variables::
289* Styles::
3a731e1f 290
116e44a1 291Styles
d7bd46ed 292
116e44a1
AM
293* Built-in Styles::
294* Choosing a Style::
295* Adding Styles::
296* File Styles::
d7bd46ed 297
116e44a1 298Customizing Auto-newlines
d7bd46ed 299
116e44a1
AM
300* Hanging Braces::
301* Hanging Colons::
302* Hanging Semicolons and Commas::
d7bd46ed 303
116e44a1 304Hanging Braces
d7bd46ed 305
116e44a1 306* Custom Braces::
d7bd46ed 307
116e44a1
AM
308Indentation Engine Basics
309
310* Syntactic Analysis::
311* Syntactic Symbols::
312* Indentation Calculation::
313
314Syntactic Symbols
d7bd46ed 315
116e44a1
AM
316* Function Symbols::
317* Class Symbols::
318* Conditional Construct Symbols::
319* Switch Statement Symbols::
320* Brace List Symbols::
321* External Scope Symbols::
322* Paren List Symbols::
323* Literal Symbols::
324* Multiline Macro Symbols::
325* Objective-C Method Symbols::
326* Anonymous Class Symbol::
327* Statement Block Symbols::
328* K&R Symbols::
d7bd46ed 329
116e44a1
AM
330Customizing Indentation
331
332* c-offsets-alist::
333* Interactive Customization::
334* Line-Up Functions::
335* Custom Line-Up::
336* Other Indentation::
d7bd46ed 337
116e44a1 338Line-Up Functions
3a731e1f 339
116e44a1
AM
340* Brace/Paren Line-Up::
341* List Line-Up::
342* Operator Line-Up::
343* Comment Line-Up::
344* Misc Line-Up::
3a731e1f 345
3a731e1f 346@end detailmenu
6bf7aab6
DL
347@end menu
348
349@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 350@node Introduction, Overview, Top, Top
d7bd46ed 351@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3a731e1f 352@chapter Introduction
6bf7aab6
DL
353@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
354
6bf7aab6 355@cindex BOCM
116e44a1
AM
356@cindex history
357@cindex awk-mode.el
358@cindex c-mode.el
359@cindex c++-mode.el
6bf7aab6 360
d7bd46ed 361Welcome to @ccmode{}, a GNU Emacs mode for editing files containing C,
3a731e1f 362C++, Objective-C, Java, CORBA IDL (and the variants CORBA PSDL and
116e44a1
AM
363CIDL), Pike and AWK code. This incarnation of the mode is descended
364from @file{c-mode.el} (also called ``Boring Old C Mode'' or BOCM
365@t{:-)}, @file{c++-mode.el} version 2, which Barry Warsaw had been
366maintaining since 1992, and @file{awk-mode.el}, a long neglected mode
367in the (X)Emacs base.
368
369Late in 1997, Martin Stjernholm joined Barry on the @ccmode{}
370Maintainers Team, and implemented the Pike support. In 2000 Martin
371took over as the sole maintainer. In 2001 Alan Mackenzie joined the
372team, implementing AWK support in version 5.30. @ccmode{} did not
373originally contain the font lock support for its languages --- that
374was added in version 5.30.
d7bd46ed
GM
375
376This manual describes @ccmode{}
116e44a1
AM
377@comment The following line must appear on its own, so that the
378version 5.31.
d7bd46ed 379@comment Release.py script can update the version number automatically
6bf7aab6 380
3a731e1f
MS
381@ccmode{} supports the editing of K&R and ANSI C, C++, Objective-C,
382Java, CORBA's Interface Definition Language, Pike@footnote{A C-like
383scripting language with its roots in the LPC language used in some MUD
384engines. See @uref{http://pike.ida.liu.se/}.} and AWK files. In this
385way, you can easily set up consistent font locking and coding styles for
386use in editing all of these languages, although AWK is not yet as
387uniformly integrated as the other languages.
6bf7aab6
DL
388
389@findex c-mode
390@findex c++-mode
391@findex objc-mode
392@findex java-mode
393@findex idl-mode
d7bd46ed 394@findex pike-mode
3a731e1f 395@findex awk-mode
116e44a1 396Note that the name of this package is ``@ccmode{}'', but there is no top
6bf7aab6 397level @code{cc-mode} entry point. All of the variables, commands, and
3a731e1f 398functions in @ccmode{} are prefixed with @code{c-@var{thing}}, and
d7bd46ed 399@code{c-mode}, @code{c++-mode}, @code{objc-mode}, @code{java-mode},
3a731e1f
MS
400@code{idl-mode}, @code{pike-mode}, and @code{awk-mode} entry points are
401provided. This package is intended to be a replacement for
402@file{c-mode.el}, @file{c++-mode.el} and @file{awk-mode.el}.
403
6bf7aab6 404A special word of thanks goes to Krishna Padmasola for his work in
116e44a1
AM
405converting the original @file{README} file to Texinfo format. I'd
406also like to thank all the @ccmode{} victims who help enormously
407during the early beta stages of @ccmode{}'s development.
6bf7aab6 408
116e44a1
AM
409@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
410@node Overview, Getting Started, Introduction, Top
411@comment node-name, next, previous, up@cindex organization of the manual
412@chapter Overview of the Manual
413@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6bf7aab6 414
116e44a1
AM
415@noindent
416The manual starts with several introductory chapters (including this
417one).
6bf7aab6 418
116e44a1
AM
419@noindent
420The next chunk of the manual describes the day to day @emph{use} of
421@ccmode{} (as contrasted with how to customize it).
6bf7aab6 422
116e44a1
AM
423@itemize @bullet
424@item
425The chapter ``Commands'' describes in detail how to use (nearly) all
426of @ccmode{}'s features. There are extensive cross-references from
427here to the corresponding sections later in the manual which tell you
428how to customize these features.
6bf7aab6 429
116e44a1
AM
430@item
431``Font Locking'' describes how ``syntax highlighting'' is applied to
432your buffers. It is mainly background information and can be skipped
433over at a first reading.
434@end itemize
6bf7aab6
DL
435
436@noindent
116e44a1
AM
437The next chunk of the manual describes how to @emph{customize}
438@ccmode{}. Typically, an overview of a topic is given at the chapter
439level, then the sections and subsections describe the material in
440increasing detail.
441
442@itemize @bullet
443@item
444The chapter ``Configuration Basics'' tells you @emph{how} to write
445customizations - whether in hooks, in styles, in both, or in neither,
446depending on your needs. It describes the @ccmode{} style system and
447lists the standard styles that @ccmode{} supplies.
6bf7aab6 448
116e44a1 449@item
0d566910 450The next few chapters describe in detail how to customize the various
116e44a1 451features of @ccmode{}.
6bf7aab6 452
116e44a1
AM
453@item
454Finally, there is a sample @file{.emacs} fragment, which might help you
455in creating your own customization.
456@end itemize
6bf7aab6 457
116e44a1
AM
458@noindent
459The manual ends with ``this and that'', things that don't fit cleanly
460into any of the previous chunks.
6bf7aab6 461
116e44a1
AM
462@itemize @bullet
463@item
464Two chapters discuss the performance of @ccmode{} and known
465bugs/limitations.
3a731e1f 466
116e44a1
AM
467@item
468The FAQ contains a list of common problems and questions.
6bf7aab6 469
116e44a1
AM
470@item
471The next two chapters tell you how to get in touch with the @ccmode{}
472project - whether for updating @ccmode{} or submitting bug reports.
473@end itemize
6bf7aab6 474
116e44a1
AM
475@noindent
476Finally, there are the customary indices.
6bf7aab6
DL
477
478@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 479@node Getting Started, Commands, Overview, Top
d7bd46ed 480@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1 481@chapter Getting Started
6bf7aab6
DL
482@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
483
116e44a1
AM
484If you got this version of @ccmode{} with Emacs or XEmacs, it should
485work just fine right out of the box. Note however that you might not
486have the latest @ccmode{} release and might want to upgrade your copy
487(see below).
6bf7aab6 488
cdae7c3a 489You should probably start by skimming through the entire chapter
116e44a1 490@ref{Commands} to get an overview of @ccmode{}'s capabilities.
6bf7aab6 491
116e44a1
AM
492After trying out some commands, you may dislike some aspects of
493@ccmode{}'s default configuration. Here is an outline of how to
494change some of the settings that newcomers to @ccmode{} most often
495want to change:
6bf7aab6 496
116e44a1
AM
497@table @asis
498@item c-basic-offset
499This Lisp variable holds an integer, the number of columns @ccmode{}
500indents nested code. To set this value to 6, customize
501@code{c-basic-offset} or put this into your @file{.emacs}:
6bf7aab6 502
3a731e1f 503@example
116e44a1 504(setq c-basic-offset 6)
6bf7aab6
DL
505@end example
506
116e44a1
AM
507@item The (indentation) style
508The basic ``shape'' of indentation created by @ccmode{}---by default,
509this is @code{gnu} style (except for Java and AWK buffers). A list of
4dc5fe62 510the available styles and their descriptions can be found in
116e44a1
AM
511@ref{Built-in Styles}. A complete specification of the @ccmode{}
512style system, including how to create your own style, can be found in
513the chapter @ref{Styles}. To set your style to @code{linux}, either
514customize @code{c-default-style} or put this into your @file{.emacs}:
6bf7aab6 515
3a731e1f 516@example
116e44a1
AM
517(setq c-default-style '((java-mode . "java")
518 (awk-mode . "awk")
519 (other . "linux")))
6bf7aab6
DL
520@end example
521
116e44a1
AM
522@item Electric Indentation
523Normally, when you type ``punctuation'' characters such as @samp{;} or
524@samp{@{}, @ccmode{} instantly reindents the current line. This can
525be disconcerting until you get used to it. To disable @dfn{electric
526indentation} in the current buffer, type @kbd{C-c C-l}. Type the same
527thing to enable it again. To have electric indentation disabled by
0d566910 528default, put the following into your @file{.emacs} file@footnote{There
116e44a1 529is no ``easy customization'' facility for making this change.}:
6bf7aab6 530
3a731e1f 531@example
116e44a1 532(setq-default c-electric-flag nil)
6bf7aab6
DL
533@end example
534
535@noindent
116e44a1
AM
536Details of of this and other similar ``Minor Modes'' appear in the
537section @ref{Minor Modes}.
538
539@item Making the @key{RET} key indent the new line
540The standard Emacs binding for @key{RET} just adds a new line. If you
541want it to reindent the new line as well, rebind the key. Note that
542the action of rebinding will fail if the pertinent keymap doesn't yet
543exist---we thus need to delay the action until after @ccmode{} has
544been loaded. Put the following code into your @file{.emacs}:
6bf7aab6 545
3a731e1f 546@example
116e44a1
AM
547(defun my-make-CR-do-indent ()
548 (define-key c-mode-base-map "\C-m" 'c-context-line-break))
549(add-hook 'c-initialization-hook 'my-make-CR-do-indent)
6bf7aab6
DL
550@end example
551
6bf7aab6 552@noindent
116e44a1
AM
553This example demonstrates the use of a very powerful @ccmode{} (and
554Emacs) facility, the hook. The use of @ccmode{}'s hooks is described
555in @ref{CC Hooks}.
556@end table
6bf7aab6 557
116e44a1
AM
558All these settings should occur in your @file{.emacs} @emph{before}
559any @ccmode{} buffers get loaded---in particular, before any call of
560@code{desktop-read}.
6bf7aab6 561
116e44a1
AM
562As you get to know the mode better, you may want to make more
563ambitious changes to your configuration. For this, you should start
564reading the chapter @ref{Config Basics}.
6bf7aab6 565
116e44a1
AM
566If you are upgrading an existing @ccmode{} installation, please see
567the @file{README} file for installation details. In particular, if
568you are going to be editing AWK files, @file{README} describes how to
569configure your (X)Emacs so that @ccmode{} will supersede the obsolete
570@code{awk-mode.el} which might have been supplied with your (X)Emacs.
571@ccmode{} might not work with older versions of Emacs or XEmacs. See
572the @ccmode{} release notes at @uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net}
573for the latest information on Emacs version and package compatibility
574(@pxref{Updating CC Mode}).
575
576@deffn Command c-version
577@findex version (c-)
578You can find out what version of @ccmode{} you are using by visiting a C
579file and entering @kbd{M-x c-version RET}. You should see this message in
580the echo area:
6bf7aab6 581
3a731e1f 582@example
116e44a1 583Using CC Mode version 5.XX
6bf7aab6
DL
584@end example
585
586@noindent
116e44a1
AM
587where @samp{XX} is the minor release number.
588@end deffn
6bf7aab6
DL
589
590@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 591@node Commands, Font Locking, Getting Started, Top
d7bd46ed 592@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1 593@chapter Commands
6bf7aab6
DL
594@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
595
116e44a1
AM
596This chapter specifies all of CC Mode's commands, and thus contains
597nearly everything you need to know to @emph{use} @ccmode{} (as
598contrasted with configuring it). @dfn{Commands} here means both
599control key sequences and @dfn{electric keys}, these being characters
600such as @samp{;} which, as well as inserting themselves into the
601buffer, also do other things.
6bf7aab6 602
116e44a1
AM
603You might well want to review
604@ifset XEMACS
605@ref{Lists,,,@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}},
606@end ifset
607@ifclear XEMACS
608@ref{Moving by Parens,,,@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}},
609@end ifclear
610which describes commands for moving around brace and parenthesis
611structures.
6bf7aab6 612
6bf7aab6 613
116e44a1
AM
614@menu
615* Indentation Commands::
616* Comment Commands::
617* Movement Commands::
618* Filling and Breaking::
619* Minor Modes::
620* Electric Keys::
621* Auto-newlines::
622* Hungry WS Deletion::
623* Subword Movement::
624* Other Commands::
625@end menu
6bf7aab6
DL
626
627@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1
AM
628@node Indentation Commands, Comment Commands, Commands, Commands
629@comment node-name, next, previous,up
630@section Indentation Commands
631@cindex indentation
6bf7aab6
DL
632@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
633
116e44a1
AM
634The following commands reindent C constructs. Note that when you
635change your coding style, either interactively or through some other
636means, your file does @emph{not} automatically get reindented. You
637will need to execute one of the following commands to see the effects
638of your changes.
6bf7aab6 639
116e44a1
AM
640@cindex GNU indent program
641Also, variables like @code{c-hanging-*} and @code{c-cleanup-list}
642(@pxref{Custom Auto-newlines}) only affect how on-the-fly code is
643formatted. Changing the ``hanginess'' of a brace and then
644reindenting, will not move the brace to a different line. For this,
645you're better off getting an external program like GNU @code{indent},
646which will rearrange brace location, amongst other things.
6bf7aab6 647
116e44a1
AM
648Preprocessor directives are handled as syntactic whitespace from other
649code, i.e. they can be interspersed anywhere without affecting the
650indentation of the surrounding code, just like comments.
6bf7aab6 651
116e44a1
AM
652The code inside macro definitions is, by default, still analyzed
653syntactically so that you get relative indentation there just as you'd
654get if the same code was outside a macro. However, since there is no
655hint about the syntactic context, i.e. whether the macro expands to an
656expression, to some statements, or perhaps to whole functions, the
657syntactic recognition can be wrong. @ccmode{} manages to figure it
658out correctly most of the time, though.
6bf7aab6 659
116e44a1
AM
660Reindenting large sections of code can take a long time. When
661@ccmode{} reindents a region of code, it is essentially equivalent to
662hitting @key{TAB} on every line of the region.
6bf7aab6 663
116e44a1 664These commands indent code:
6bf7aab6 665
116e44a1
AM
666@table @asis
667@item @kbd{@key{TAB}} (@code{c-indent-command})
668@kindex TAB
669@findex c-indent-command
670@findex indent-command (c-)
671This command indents the current line. That is all you need to know
672about it for normal use.
6bf7aab6 673
116e44a1 674@code{c-indent-command} does different things, depending on the
4dc5fe62 675setting of @code{c-syntactic-indentation} (@pxref{Indentation Engine
116e44a1 676Basics}):
6bf7aab6
DL
677
678@itemize @bullet
679@item
116e44a1
AM
680When it's non-@code{nil} (which it normally is), the command indents
681the line according to its syntactic context. With a prefix argument
682(@kbd{C-u @key{TAB}}), it will re-indent the entire
683expression@footnote{this is only useful for a line starting with a
684comment opener or an opening brace, parenthesis, or string quote.}
685that begins at the line's left margin.
6bf7aab6
DL
686
687@item
116e44a1
AM
688When it's @code{nil}, the command indents the line by an extra
689@code{c-basic-offset} columns. A prefix argument acts as a
cdae7c3a 690multiplier. A bare prefix (@kbd{C-u @key{TAB}}) is equivalent to -1,
116e44a1 691removing @code{c-basic-offset} columns from the indentation.
6bf7aab6
DL
692@end itemize
693
116e44a1
AM
694The precise behavior is modified by several variables: With
695@code{c-tab-always-indent}, you can make @key{TAB} insert whitespace
696in some circumstances---@code{c-insert-tab-function} then defines
697precisely what sort of ``whitespace'' this will be. Set the standard
698Emacs variable @code{indent-tabs-mode} to @code{t} if you want real
699@samp{tab} characters to be used in the indentation, to @code{nil} if
700you want only spaces. @xref{Just Spaces,,, @emacsman{},
701@emacsmantitle{}}.
6bf7aab6 702
116e44a1
AM
703@defopt c-tab-always-indent
704@vindex tab-always-indent (c-)
705@cindex literal
706This variable modifies how @key{TAB} operates.
707@itemize @bullet
708@item
709When it is @code{t} (the default), @key{TAB} simply indents the
710current line.
711@item
712When it is @code{nil}, @key{TAB} (re)indents the line only if point is
713to the left of the first non-whitespace character on the line.
714Otherwise it inserts some whitespace (a tab or an equivalent number of
715spaces - see below) at point.
716@item
717With some other value, the line is reindented. Additionally, if point
718is within a string or comment, some whitespace is inserted.
719@end itemize
720@end defopt
3a731e1f 721
116e44a1
AM
722@defopt c-insert-tab-function
723@vindex insert-tab-function (c-)
724@findex tab-to-tab-stop
725When ``some whitespace'' is inserted as described above, what actually
726happens is that the function stored in @code{c-insert-tab-function} is
727called. Normally, this is @code{insert-tab}, which inserts a real tab
728character or the equivalent number of spaces (depending on
729@code{indent-tabs-mode}). Some people, however, set
730@code{c-insert-tab-function} to @code{tab-to-tab-stop} so as to get
731hard tab stops when indenting.
732@end defopt
733@end table
d7bd46ed 734
116e44a1
AM
735@noindent
736The kind of indentation the next five commands do depends on the
737setting of @code{c-syntactic-indentation} (@pxref{Indentation Engine
738Basics}):
739@itemize @bullet
740@item
741when it is non-@code{nil} (the default), the commands indent lines
742according to their syntactic context;
743@item
744when it is @code{nil}, they just indent each line the same amount as
745the previous non-blank line. The commands that indent a region aren't
746very useful in this case.
747@end itemize
3a731e1f 748
116e44a1
AM
749@table @asis
750@item @kbd{C-j} (@code{newline-and-indent})
751@kindex C-j
752@findex newline-and-indent
0939d23b 753Inserts a newline and indents the new blank line, ready to start
116e44a1 754typing. This is a standard (X)Emacs command.
3a731e1f 755
116e44a1
AM
756@item @kbd{C-M-q} (@code{c-indent-exp})
757@kindex C-M-q
758@findex c-indent-exp
759@findex indent-exp (c-)
760Indents an entire balanced brace or parenthesis expression. Note that
761point must be on the opening brace or parenthesis of the expression
762you want to indent.
d7bd46ed 763
116e44a1
AM
764@item @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{c-indent-defun})
765@kindex C-c C-q
766@findex c-indent-defun
767@findex indent-defun (c-)
768Indents the entire top-level function, class or macro definition
769encompassing point. It leaves point unchanged. This function can't be
770used to reindent a nested brace construct, such as a nested class or
771function, or a Java method. The top-level construct being reindented
772must be complete, i.e. it must have both a beginning brace and an ending
773brace.
d7bd46ed 774
116e44a1
AM
775@item @kbd{C-M-\} (@code{indent-region})
776@kindex C-M-\
777@findex indent-region
778Indents an arbitrary region of code. This is a standard Emacs command,
779tailored for C code in a @ccmode{} buffer. Note, of course, that point
780and mark must delineate the region you want to indent.
3a731e1f 781
116e44a1
AM
782@item @kbd{C-M-h} (@code{c-mark-function})
783@kindex C-M-h
784@findex c-mark-function
785@findex mark-function (c-)
786While not strictly an indentation command, this is useful for marking
787the current top-level function or class definition as the current
788region. As with @code{c-indent-defun}, this command operates on
789top-level constructs, and can't be used to mark say, a Java method.
790@end table
6bf7aab6 791
116e44a1 792These variables are also useful when indenting code:
6bf7aab6 793
116e44a1
AM
794@defopt indent-tabs-mode
795This is a standard Emacs variable that controls how line indentation
796is composed. When it's non-@code{nil}, tabs can be used in a line's
797indentation, otherwise only spaces are used.
798@end defopt
6bf7aab6 799
116e44a1
AM
800@defopt c-progress-interval
801@vindex progress-interval (c-)
802When indenting large regions of code, this variable controls how often a
803progress message is displayed. Set this variable to @code{nil} to
804inhibit the progress messages, or set it to an integer which is how
805often (in seconds) progress messages are to be displayed.
806@end defopt
6bf7aab6 807
116e44a1
AM
808@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
809@node Comment Commands, Movement Commands, Indentation Commands, Commands
810@comment node-name, next, previous, up
811@section Comment Commands
812@cindex comments (insertion of)
813@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
d7bd46ed 814
116e44a1
AM
815@table @asis
816@item @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{comment-region})
817@kindex C-c C-c
818@findex comment-region
819This command comments out the lines that start in the region. With a
820negative argument, it does the opposite - it deletes the comment
821delimiters from these lines. @xref{Multi-Line Comments,,, emacs, GNU
822Emacs Manual}, for fuller details. @code{comment-region} isn't
823actually part of @ccmode{} - it is given a @ccmode{} binding for
824convenience.
825
826@item @kbd{M-;} (@code{comment-dwim} or @code{indent-for-comment} @footnote{The name of this command varies between (X)Emacs versions.})
827@kindex M-;
828@findex comment-dwim
829@findex indent-for-comment
830Insert a comment at the end of the current line, if none is there
831already. Then reindent the comment according to @code{comment-column}
832@ifclear XEMACS
833(@pxref{Options for Comments,,, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual})
834@end ifclear
835@ifset XEMACS
836(@pxref{Comments,,, xemacs, XEmacs User's Manual})
837@end ifset
838and the variables below. Finally, position the point after the
0d566910
AM
839comment starter. @kbd{C-u M-;} kills any comment on the current line,
840together with any whitespace before it. This is a standard Emacs
841command, but @ccmode{} enhances it a bit with two variables:
6bf7aab6 842
116e44a1
AM
843@defopt c-indent-comment-alist
844@vindex indent-comment-alist (c-)
845@vindex comment-column
846This style variable allows you to vary the column that @kbd{M-;} puts
847the comment at, depending on what sort of code is on the line, and
848possibly the indentation of any similar comment on the preceding line.
849It is an association list that maps different types of lines to
850actions describing how they should be handled. If a certain line type
851isn't present on the list then the line is indented to the column
852specified by @code{comment-column}.
6bf7aab6 853
116e44a1
AM
854See the documentation string for for a full description of this
855variable (use @kbd{C-h v c-indent-comment-alist}).
3a731e1f 856@end defopt
6bf7aab6 857
116e44a1
AM
858@defopt c-indent-comments-syntactically-p
859@vindex indent-comments-syntactically-p (c-)
860Normally, when this style variable is @code{nil}, @kbd{M-;} will
861indent comment-only lines according to @code{c-indent-comment-alist},
862just as it does with lines where other code precede the comments.
863However, if you want it to act just like @key{TAB} for comment-only
864lines you can get that by setting
865@code{c-indent-comments-syntactically-p} to non-@code{nil}.
866
867If @code{c-indent-comments-syntactically-p} is non-@code{nil} then
868@code{c-indent-comment-alist} won't be consulted at all for comment-only
869lines.
870@end defopt
871@end table
6bf7aab6
DL
872
873@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 874@node Movement Commands, Filling and Breaking, Comment Commands, Commands
d7bd46ed 875@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1
AM
876@section Movement Commands
877@cindex movement
6bf7aab6
DL
878@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
879
116e44a1 880@ccmode{} contains some useful commands for moving around in C code.
3a731e1f 881
116e44a1 882@table @asis
cdae7c3a
AM
883@item @kbd{C-M-a}
884@itemx @kbd{C-M-e}
116e44a1
AM
885@findex c-beginning-of-defun
886@findex c-end-of-defun
cdae7c3a
AM
887
888Move to the beginning or end of the current or next function. Other
889constructs (such as a structs or classes) which have a brace block
890also count as ``functions'' here. To move over several functions, you
891can give these commands a repeat count.
892
893The start of a function is at its header. The end of the function is
894after its closing brace, or after the semicolon of a construct (such
895as a @code{struct}) which doesn't end at the brace. These two
896commands try to leave point at the beginning of a line near the actual
897start or end of the function. This occasionally causes point not to
898move at all.
899
0d566910
AM
900These functions are analogous to the Emacs built-in commands
901@code{beginning-of-defun} and @code{end-of-defun}, except they
902eliminate the constraint that the top-level opening brace of the defun
903must be in column zero. See @ref{Defuns,,,@emacsman{},
904@emacsmantitle{}}, for more information.
116e44a1 905
116e44a1
AM
906@item @kbd{C-M-a} (AWK Mode) (@code{c-awk-beginning-of-defun})
907@itemx @kbd{C-M-e} (AWK Mode) (@code{c-awk-end-of-defun})
908@kindex C-M-a (AWK Mode)
909@kindex C-M-e (AWK Mode)
910@findex c-awk-beginning-of-defun
911@findex awk-beginning-of-defun (c-)
912@findex c-awk-end-of-defun
913@findex awk-end-of-defun (c-)
cdae7c3a
AM
914Move to the beginning or end of the current or next AWK defun. These
915commands can take prefix-arguments, their functionality being entirely
916equivalent to @code{beginning-of-defun} and @code{end-of-defun}.
3a731e1f 917
116e44a1
AM
918AWK Mode @dfn{defuns} are either pattern/action pairs (either of which
919might be implicit) or user defined functions. Having the @samp{@{} and
920@samp{@}} (if there are any) in column zero, as is suggested for some
921modes, is neither necessary nor helpful in AWK mode.
6bf7aab6 922
116e44a1
AM
923@item @kbd{M-a} (@code{c-beginning-of-statement})
924@itemx @kbd{M-e} (@code{c-end-of-statement})
925@kindex M-a
926@kindex M-e
927@findex c-beginning-of-statement
928@findex c-end-of-statement
929@findex beginning-of-statement (c-)
930@findex end-of-statement (c-)
931Move to the beginning or end of the innermost C statement. If point
932is already there, move to the next beginning or end of a statement,
933even if that means moving into a block. (Use @kbd{C-M-b} or
934@kbd{C-M-f} to move over a balanced block.) A prefix argument @var{n}
935means move over @var{n} statements.
936
937If point is within or next to a comment or a string which spans more
938than one line, these commands move by sentences instead of statements.
939
940When called from a program, these functions take three optional
941arguments: the repetition count, a buffer position limit which is the
942farthest back to search for the syntactic context, and a flag saying
943whether to do sentence motion in or near comments and multiline
944strings.
945
946@item @kbd{C-c C-u} (@code{c-up-conditional})
947@kindex C-c C-u
948@findex c-up-conditional
949@findex up-conditional (c-)
950Move back to the containing preprocessor conditional, leaving the mark
951behind. A prefix argument acts as a repeat count. With a negative
952argument, move forward to the end of the containing preprocessor
953conditional.
954
955@samp{#elif} is treated like @samp{#else} followed by @samp{#if}, so the
956function stops at them when going backward, but not when going
957forward.
958
959This key sequence is not bound in AWK Mode, which doesn't have
960preprocessor statements.
961
962@item @kbd{M-x c-up-conditional-with-else}
963@findex c-up-conditional-with-else
964@findex up-conditional-with-else (c-)
965A variety of @code{c-up-conditional} that also stops at @samp{#else}
966lines. Normally those lines are ignored.
967
968@item @kbd{M-x c-down-conditional}
969@findex c-down-conditional
970@findex down-conditional (c-)
971Move forward into the next nested preprocessor conditional, leaving
972the mark behind. A prefix argument acts as a repeat count. With a
973negative argument, move backward into the previous nested preprocessor
974conditional.
6bf7aab6 975
116e44a1
AM
976@samp{#elif} is treated like @samp{#else} followed by @samp{#if}, so the
977function stops at them when going forward, but not when going backward.
6bf7aab6 978
116e44a1
AM
979@item @kbd{M-x c-down-conditional-with-else}
980@findex c-down-conditional-with-else
981@findex down-conditional-with-else (c-)
982A variety of @code{c-down-conditional} that also stops at @samp{#else}
983lines. Normally those lines are ignored.
984
985@item @kbd{C-c C-p} (@code{c-backward-conditional})
986@itemx @kbd{C-c C-n} (@code{c-forward-conditional})
987@kindex C-c C-p
988@kindex C-c C-n
989@findex c-backward-conditional
990@findex c-forward-conditional
991@findex backward-conditional (c-)
992@findex forward-conditional (c-)
993Move backward or forward across a preprocessor conditional, leaving
994the mark behind. A prefix argument acts as a repeat count. With a
995negative argument, move in the opposite direction.
996
997These key sequences are not bound in AWK Mode, which doesn't have
998preprocessor statements.
999
1000@item @kbd{M-x c-backward-into-nomenclature}
1001@itemx @kbd{M-x c-forward-into-nomenclature}
1002@findex c-backward-into-nomenclature
1003@findex c-forward-into-nomenclature
1004@findex backward-into-nomenclature (c-)
1005@findex forward-into-nomenclature (c-)
1006A popular programming style, especially for object-oriented languages
1007such as C++ is to write symbols in a mixed case format, where the
1008first letter of each word is capitalized, and not separated by
1009underscores. E.g. @samp{SymbolsWithMixedCaseAndNoUnderlines}.
1010
1011These commands move backward or forward to the beginning of the next
1012capitalized word. With prefix argument @var{n}, move @var{n} times.
1013If @var{n} is negative, move in the opposite direction.
1014
1015Note that these two commands have been superseded by
1016@code{c-subword-mode}, which you should use instead. @xref{Subword
1017Movement}. They might be removed from a future release of @ccmode{}.
1018@end table
1019
1020@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
1021@node Filling and Breaking, Minor Modes, Movement Commands, Commands
1022@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1023@section Filling and Line Breaking Commands
1024@cindex text filling
1025@cindex line breaking
1026@cindex comment handling
6bf7aab6 1027@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1
AM
1028
1029Since there's a lot of normal text in comments and string literals,
1030@ccmode{} provides features to edit these like in text mode. The goal
1031is to do it seamlessly, i.e. you can use auto fill mode, sentence and
1032paragraph movement, paragraph filling, adaptive filling etc. wherever
1033there's a piece of normal text without having to think much about it.
1034@ccmode{} keeps the indentation, fixes suitable comment line prefixes,
1035and so on.
1036
1037You can configure the exact way comments get filled and broken, and
1038where Emacs does auto-filling (see @pxref{Custom Filling and
1039Breaking}). Typically, the style system (@pxref{Styles}) will have
1040set this up for you, so you probably won't have to bother.
1041
1042@findex auto-fill-mode
1043@cindex Auto Fill mode
1044@cindex paragraph filling
1045Line breaks are by default handled (almost) the same regardless of
1046whether they are made by auto fill mode (@pxref{Auto Fill,,,
1047@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}}), by paragraph filling (e.g. with
1048@kbd{M-q}), or explicitly with @kbd{M-j} or similar methods. In
1049string literals, the new line gets the same indentation as the
1050previous nonempty line.@footnote{You can change this default by
1051setting the @code{string} syntactic symbol (@pxref{Syntactic Symbols}
1052and @pxref{Customizing Indentation})}.
1053
1054@table @asis
1055@item @kbd{M-q} (@code{c-fill-paragraph})
1056@kindex M-q
1057@findex c-fill-paragraph
1058@findex fill-paragraph (c-)
1059@cindex Javadoc markup
1060@cindex Pike autodoc markup
1061This command fills multiline string literals and both block
1062and line style comments. In Java buffers, the Javadoc markup words
1063are recognized as paragraph starters. The line oriented Pike autodoc
1064markup words are recognized in the same way in Pike mode.
1065
1066The formatting of the starters (@code{/*}) and enders (@code{*/}) of
1067block comments are kept as they were before the filling. I.e., if
1068either the starter or ender were on a line of its own, then it stays
1069on its own line; conversely, if the delimiter has comment text on its
1070line, it keeps at least one word of that text with it on the line.
1071
1072This command is the replacement for @code{fill-paragraph} in @ccmode{}
1073buffers.
1074
1075@item @kbd{M-j} (@code{c-indent-new-comment-line})
1076@kindex M-j
1077@findex c-indent-new-comment-line
1078@findex indent-new-comment-line (c-)
1079This breaks the current line at point and indents the new line. If
1080point was in a comment, the new line gets the proper comment line
1081prefix. If point was inside a macro, a backslash is inserted before
1082the line break. It is the replacement for
1083@code{indent-new-comment-line}.
1084
1085@item @kbd{M-x c-context-line-break}
1086@findex c-context-line-break
1087@findex context-line-break (c-)
1088Insert a line break suitable to the context: If the point is inside a
1089comment, the new line gets the suitable indentation and comment line
1090prefix like @code{c-indent-new-comment-line}. In normal code it's
1091indented like @code{newline-and-indent} would do. In macros it acts
1092like @code{newline-and-indent} but additionally inserts and optionally
1093aligns the line ending backslash so that the macro remains unbroken.
cdae7c3a
AM
1094@xref{Custom Macros}, for details about the backslash alignment. In a
1095string, a backslash is inserted only if the string is within a
1096macro@footnote{In GCC, unescaped line breaks within strings are
1097valid.}.
116e44a1
AM
1098
1099This function is not bound to a key by default, but it's intended to be
1100used on the @kbd{RET} key. If you like the behavior of
1101@code{newline-and-indent} on @kbd{RET}, you should consider switching to
1102this function. @xref{Sample .emacs File}.
1103
1104@item @kbd{M-x c-context-open-line}
1105@findex c-context-open-line
1106@findex context-open-line (c-)
1107This is to @kbd{C-o} (@kbd{M-x open-line}) as
1108@code{c-context-line-break} is to @kbd{RET}. I.e. it works just like
1109@code{c-context-line-break} but leaves the point before the inserted
1110line break.
1111@end table
1112
1113
1114@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
1115@node Minor Modes, Electric Keys, Filling and Breaking, Commands
d7bd46ed 1116@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1
AM
1117@section Minor Modes
1118@cindex Minor Modes
6bf7aab6
DL
1119@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
1120
116e44a1
AM
1121@ccmode{} contains several minor-mode-like features that you might
1122find useful while writing new code or editing old code:
1123
1124@table @asis
1125@item electric mode
1126When this is enabled, certain visible characters cause reformatting as
1127they are typed. This is normally helpful, but can be a nuisance when
1128editing chaotically formatted code. It can also be disconcerting,
1129especially for users who are new to @ccmode{}.
1130@item auto-newline mode
1131This automatically inserts newlines where you'd probably want to type
1132them yourself, e.g. after typing @samp{@}}s. Its action is suppressed
1133when electric mode is disabled.
1134@item hungry-delete mode
1135This lets you delete a contiguous block of whitespace with a single
1136key - for example, the newline and indentation just inserted by
1137auto-newline when you want to back up and write a comment after the
1138last statement.
1139@item subword mode
1140This mode makes basic word movement commands like @kbd{M-f}
1141(@code{forward-word}) and @kbd{M-b} (@code{backward-word}) treat the
1142parts of sillycapsed symbols as different words.
1143E.g. @samp{NSGraphicsContext} is treated as three words @samp{NS},
1144@samp{Graphics}, and @samp{Context}.
1145@item syntactic-indentation mode
1146When this is enabled (which it normally is), indentation commands such
1147as @kbd{C-j} indent lines of code according to their syntactic
1148structure. Otherwise, a line is simply indented to the same level as
1149the previous one and @kbd{@key{TAB}} adjusts the indentation in steps
1150of `c-basic-offset'.
1151@end table
1152
1153Full details on how these minor modes work are at @ref{Electric Keys},
1154@ref{Auto-newlines}, @ref{Hungry WS Deletion}, @ref{Subword Movement},
1155and @ref{Indentation Engine Basics}.
1156
1157You can toggle each of these minor modes on and off, and you can
1158configure @ccmode{} so that it starts up with your favourite
1159combination of them (@pxref{Sample .emacs File}). By default, when
1160you initialize a buffer, electric mode and syntactic-indentation mode
1161are enabled but the other two modes are disabled.
1162
1163@ccmode{} displays the current state of the first four of these minor
1164modes on the modeline by appending letters to the major mode's name,
1165one letter for each enabled minor mode - @samp{l} for electric mode,
1166@samp{a} for auto-newline mode, @samp{h} for hungry delete mode, and
1167@samp{w} for subword mode. If all these modes were enabled, you'd see
1168@samp{C/lahw}@footnote{The @samp{C} would be replaced with the name of
1169the language in question for the other languages @ccmode{} supports.}.
1170
1171Here are the commands to toggle these modes:
1172
1173@table @asis
1174@item @kbd{C-c C-l} (@code{c-toggle-electric-state})
1175@kindex C-c C-l
1176@findex c-toggle-electric-state
1177@findex toggle-electric-state (c-)
1178Toggle electric minor mode. When the command turns the mode off, it
1179also suppresses auto-newline mode.
1180
1181@item @kbd{C-c C-a} (@code{c-toggle-auto-newline})
1182@kindex C-c C-a
1183@findex c-toggle-auto-newline
1184@findex toggle-auto-newline (c-)
1185Toggle auto-newline minor mode. When the command turns the mode on,
1186it also enables electric minor mode.
1187
1188@item @kbd{M-x c-toggle-hungry-state}@footnote{Prior to @ccmode{} 5.31, this command was bound to @kbd{C-c C-d}.}
1189@findex c-toggle-hungry-state
1190@findex toggle-hungry-state (c-)
1191Toggle hungry-delete minor mode.
1192
1193@item @kbd{M-x c-toggle-auto-hungry-state}@footnote{Prior to @ccmode{} 5.31, this command was bound to @kbd{C-c C-t}.}
1194@findex c-toggle-auto-hungry-state
1195@findex toggle-auto-hungry-state (c-)
1196Toggle both auto-newline and hungry delete minor modes.
1197
1198@item @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{M-x c-subword-mode})
1199@kindex C-c C-w
1200@findex c-subword-mode
1201@findex subword-mode (c-)
1202Toggle subword mode.
1203
1204@item @kbd{M-x c-toggle-syntactic-indentation}
1205@findex c-toggle-syntactic-indentation
1206@findex toggle-syntactic-indentation (c-)
1207Toggle syntactic-indentation mode.
1208@end table
1209
1210Common to all the toggle functions above is that if they are called
1211programmatically, they take an optional numerical argument. A
1212positive value will turn on the minor mode (or both of them in the
1213case of @code{c-toggle-auto-hungry-state}) and a negative value will
1214turn it (or them) off.
6bf7aab6
DL
1215
1216
1217@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 1218@node Electric Keys, Auto-newlines, Minor Modes, Commands
d7bd46ed 1219@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1
AM
1220@section Electric Keys and Keywords
1221@cindex electric characters
6bf7aab6
DL
1222@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
1223
116e44a1
AM
1224Most punctuation keys provide @dfn{electric} behavior - as well as
1225inserting themselves they perform some other action, such as
0d566910
AM
1226reindenting the line. This reindentation saves you from having to
1227reindent a line manually after typing, say, a @samp{@}}. A few
1228keywords, such as @code{else}, also trigger electric action.
116e44a1
AM
1229
1230You can inhibit the electric behaviour described here by disabling
0d566910 1231electric minor mode (@pxref{Minor Modes}).
116e44a1 1232
0d566910
AM
1233Common to all these keys is that they only behave electrically when
1234used in normal code (as contrasted with getting typed in a string
1235literal or comment). Those which cause re-indentation do so only when
116e44a1
AM
1236@code{c-syntactic-indentation} has a non-@code{nil} value (which it
1237does by default).
1238
1239These keys and keywords are:
1240@c ACM, 2004/8/24: c-electric-pound doesn't check c-s-i: this is more
1241@c like a bug in the code than a bug in this document. It'll get
1242@c fixed in the code sometime.
3a731e1f
MS
1243
1244@table @kbd
1245@item #
6bf7aab6
DL
1246@kindex #
1247@findex c-electric-pound
6bf7aab6 1248@findex electric-pound (c-)
3a731e1f 1249@vindex c-electric-pound-behavior
6bf7aab6 1250@vindex electric-pound-behavior (c-)
3a731e1f
MS
1251Pound (bound to @code{c-electric-pound}) is electric when typed as the
1252first non-whitespace character on a line and not within a macro
1253definition. In this case, the variable @code{c-electric-pound-behavior}
1254is consulted for the electric behavior. This variable takes a list
1255value, although the only element currently defined is @code{alignleft},
1256which tells this command to force the @samp{#} character into column
1257zero. This is useful for entering preprocessor macro definitions.
1258
1259Pound is not electric in AWK buffers, where @samp{#} starts a comment,
1260and is bound to @code{self-insert-command} like any typical printable
1261character.
116e44a1
AM
1262@c ACM, 2004/8/24: Change this (and the code) to do AWK comment
1263@c reindentation.
6bf7aab6 1264
3a731e1f
MS
1265@item *
1266@kindex *
1267@itemx /
1268@kindex /
6bf7aab6 1269@findex c-electric-star
6bf7aab6 1270@findex electric-star (c-)
3a731e1f 1271@findex c-electric-slash
6bf7aab6 1272@findex electric-slash (c-)
116e44a1
AM
1273A star (bound to @code{c-electric-star}) or a slash
1274(@code{c-electric-slash}) causes reindentation when you type it as the
1275second component of a C style block comment opener (@samp{/*}) or a
1276C++ line comment opener (@samp{//}) respectively, but only if the
1277comment opener is the first thing on the line (i.e. there's only
1278whitespace before it).
6bf7aab6 1279
116e44a1
AM
1280Additionally, you can configure @ccmode{} so that typing a slash at
1281the start of a line within a block comment will terminate the
1282comment. You don't need to have electric minor mode enabled to get
1283this behaviour. @xref{Clean-ups}.
6bf7aab6 1284
116e44a1
AM
1285In AWK mode, @samp{*} and @samp{/} do not delimit comments and are not
1286electric.
3a731e1f
MS
1287
1288@item <
6bf7aab6 1289@kindex <
3a731e1f 1290@itemx >
6bf7aab6 1291@kindex >
3a731e1f
MS
1292@findex c-electric-lt-gt
1293@findex electric-lt-gt (c-)
116e44a1
AM
1294A less-than or greater-than sign (bound to @code{c-electric-lt-gt}) is
1295electric in two circumstances: when it is an angle bracket in a C++
1296@samp{template} declaration (and similar constructs in other
1297languages) and when it is the second of two @kbd{<} or @kbd{>}
1298characters in a C++ style stream operator. In either case, the line
1299is reindented. Angle brackets in C @samp{#include} directives are not
1300electric.
6bf7aab6 1301
3a731e1f 1302@item (
d7bd46ed 1303@kindex (
3a731e1f 1304@itemx )
d7bd46ed 1305@kindex )
3a731e1f
MS
1306@findex c-electric-paren
1307@findex electric-paren (c-)
116e44a1
AM
1308The normal parenthesis characters @samp{(} and @samp{)} (bound to
1309@code{c-electric-paren}) reindent the current line. This is useful
1310for getting the closing parenthesis of an argument list aligned
1311automatically.
1312
1313You can also configure @ccmode{} to insert a space automatically
1314between a function name and the @samp{(} you've just typed, and to
1315remove it automatically after typing @samp{)}, should the argument
1316list be empty. You don't need to have electric minor mode enabled to
1317get these actions. @xref{Clean-ups}.
1318
1319@item @{
1320@kindex @{
1321@itemx @}
1322@kindex @}
1323@findex c-electric-brace
1324@findex electric-brace (c-)
1325Typing a brace (bound to @code{c-electric-brace}) reindents the
1326current line. Also, one or more newlines might be inserted if
1327auto-newline minor mode is enabled. @xref{Auto-newlines}.
1328Additionally, you can configure @ccmode{} to compact excess whitespace
1329inserted by auto-newline mode in certain circumstances.
1330@xref{Clean-ups}.
1331
1332@item :
1333@kindex :
1334@findex c-electric-colon
1335@findex electric-colon (c-)
1336Typing a colon (bound to @code{c-electric-colon}) reindents the
1337current line. Additionally, one or more newlines might be inserted if
1338auto-newline minor mode is enabled. @xref{Auto-newlines}. If you
1339type a second colon immediately after such an auto-newline, by default
1340the whitespace between the two colons is removed, leaving a C++ scope
1341operator. @xref{Clean-ups}.
1342
1343If you prefer, you can insert @samp{::} in a single operation,
1344avoiding all these spurious reindentations, newlines, and clean-ups.
1345@xref{Other Commands}.
1346
1347@item ;
1348@kindex ;
1349@itemx ,
1350@kindex ,
1351@findex c-electric-semi&comma
1352@findex electric-semi&comma (c-)
1353Typing a semicolon or comma (bound to @code{c-electric-semi&comma})
1354reindents the current line. Also, a newline might be inserted if
1355auto-newline minor mode is enabled. @xref{Auto-newlines}.
1356Additionally, you can configure @ccmode{} so that when auto-newline
1357has inserted whitespace after a @samp{@}}, it will be removed again
1358when you type a semicolon or comma just after it. @xref{Clean-ups}.
1359
3a731e1f
MS
1360@end table
1361
1362@deffn Command c-electric-continued-statement
1363@findex electric-continued-statement (c-)
1364
116e44a1
AM
1365Certain keywords are electric, causing reindentation when they are
1366preceded only by whitespace on the line. The keywords are those that
1367continue an earlier statement instead of starting a new one:
1368@code{else}, @code{while}, @code{catch} (only in C++ and Java) and
1369@code{finally} (only in Java).
3a731e1f
MS
1370
1371An example:
1372
1373@example
1374@group
1375for (i = 0; i < 17; i++)
1376 if (a[i])
1377 res += a[i]->offset;
1378else
1379@end group
1380@end example
1381
1382Here, the @code{else} should be indented like the preceding @code{if},
116e44a1
AM
1383since it continues that statement. @ccmode{} will automatically
1384reindent it after the @code{else} has been typed in full, since only
1385then is it possible to decide whether it's a new statement or a
3a731e1f
MS
1386continuation of the preceding @code{if}.
1387
1388@vindex abbrev-mode
1389@findex abbrev-mode
1390@cindex Abbrev mode
116e44a1 1391@ccmode{} uses Abbrev mode (@pxref{Abbrevs,,, @emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}})
3a731e1f
MS
1392to accomplish this. It's therefore turned on by default in all language
1393modes except IDL mode, since CORBA IDL doesn't have any statements.
1394@end deffn
6bf7aab6 1395
6bf7aab6 1396
d7bd46ed 1397@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 1398@node Auto-newlines, Hungry WS Deletion, Electric Keys, Commands
d7bd46ed 1399@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1
AM
1400@section Auto-newline Insertion
1401@cindex auto-newline
6bf7aab6
DL
1402@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
1403
116e44a1
AM
1404When you have @dfn{Auto-newline minor mode} enabled (@pxref{Minor
1405Modes}), @ccmode{} inserts newlines for you automatically (in certain
1406syntactic contexts) when you type a left or right brace, a colon, a
1407semicolon, or a comma. Sometimes a newline appears before the
1408character you type, sometimes after it, sometimes both.
6bf7aab6 1409
116e44a1 1410Auto-newline only triggers when the following conditions hold:
6bf7aab6 1411
116e44a1
AM
1412@itemize @bullet
1413@item
1414Auto-newline minor mode is enabled, as evidenced by the indicator
1415@samp{a} after the mode name on the modeline (e.g. @samp{C/a} or
1416@samp{C/la}).
6bf7aab6 1417
116e44a1
AM
1418@item
1419The character was typed at the end of a line, or with only whitespace
1420after it, and possibly a @samp{\} escaping the newline.
6bf7aab6 1421
116e44a1
AM
1422@item
1423The character is not on its own line already. (This applies only to
1424insertion of a newline @emph{before} the character.)
3a731e1f 1425
116e44a1
AM
1426@item
1427@cindex literal
1428@cindex syntactic whitespace
1429The character was not typed inside of a literal @footnote{A
1430@dfn{literal} is defined as any comment, string, or preprocessor macro
1431definition. These constructs are also known as @dfn{syntactic
1432whitespace} since they are usually ignored when scanning C code.}.
6bf7aab6 1433
116e44a1
AM
1434@item
1435No numeric argument was supplied to the command (i.e. it was typed as
1436normal, with no @kbd{C-u} prefix).
1437@end itemize
cb7f2e96 1438
116e44a1
AM
1439You can configure the precise circumstances in which newlines get
1440inserted (see @pxref{Custom Auto-newlines}). Typically, the style
1441system (@pxref{Styles}) will have set this up for you, so you probably
1442won't have to bother.
3a731e1f 1443
116e44a1
AM
1444Sometimes @ccmode{} inserts an auto-newline where you don't want one,
1445such as after a @samp{@}} when you're about to type a @samp{;}.
1446Hungry deletion can help here (@pxref{Hungry WS Deletion}), or you can
1447activate an appropriate @dfn{clean-up}, which will remove the excess
1448whitespace after you've typed the @samp{;}. See @ref{Clean-ups} for a
1449full description. See also @ref{Electric Keys} for a summary of
1450clean-ups listed by key.
cb7f2e96 1451
6bf7aab6
DL
1452
1453@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 1454@node Hungry WS Deletion, Subword Movement, Auto-newlines, Commands
d7bd46ed 1455@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1 1456@section Hungry Deletion of Whitespace
3a731e1f 1457@cindex hungry-deletion
6bf7aab6
DL
1458@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
1459
116e44a1
AM
1460If you want to delete an entire block of whitespace at point, you can
1461use @dfn{hungry deletion}. This deletes all the contiguous whitespace
1462either before point or after point in a single operation.
1463``Whitespace'' here includes tabs and newlines, but not comments or
1464preprocessor commands. Hungry deletion can markedly cut down on the
1465number of times you have to hit deletion keys when, for example,
1466you've made a mistake on the preceding line and have already pressed
1467@kbd{C-j}.
6bf7aab6 1468
116e44a1
AM
1469Hungry deletion is a simple feature that some people find extremely
1470useful. In fact, you might find yourself wanting it in @strong{all}
1471your editing modes!
3a731e1f 1472
0d566910
AM
1473Loosely speaking, in what follows, @dfn{@key{DEL}} means ``the
1474backspace key'' and @dfn{@key{DELETE}} means ``the forward delete
1475key''. This is discussed in more detail below.
1476
116e44a1 1477There are two different ways you can use hungry deletion:
6bf7aab6 1478
116e44a1
AM
1479@table @asis
1480@item Using @dfn{Hungry Delete Mode} with @kbd{@key{DEL}} and @kbd{C-d}
1481Here you toggle Hungry Delete minor mode with @kbd{M-x
1482c-toggle-hungry-state}@footnote{Prior to @ccmode{} 5.31, this command
1483was bound to @kbd{C-c C-d}. @kbd{C-c C-d} is now the default binding
1484for @code{c-hungry-delete-forward}.} (@pxref{Minor Modes}.) This
0d566910 1485makes @kbd{@key{DEL}} and @kbd{C-d} do backwards and forward hungry
116e44a1 1486deletion.
3a731e1f 1487
116e44a1
AM
1488@table @asis
1489@item @kbd{@key{DEL}} (@code{c-electric-backspace})
1490@kindex DEL
1491@findex c-electric-backspace
1492@findex electric-backspace (c-)
1493This command is run by default when you hit the @kbd{DEL} key. When
1494hungry delete mode is enabled, it deletes any amount of whitespace in
1495the backwards direction. Otherwise, or when used with a prefix
1496argument or in a literal (@pxref{Auto-newlines}), the command just
1497deletes backwards in the usual way. (More precisely, it calls the
1498function contained in the variable @code{c-backspace-function},
1499passing it the prefix argument, if any.)
1500
1501@item @code{c-backspace-function}
1502@vindex c-backspace-function
6bf7aab6 1503@vindex backspace-function (c-)
3a731e1f
MS
1504@findex backward-delete-char-untabify
1505Hook that gets called by @code{c-electric-backspace} when it doesn't
1506do an ``electric'' deletion of the preceding whitespace. The default
116e44a1
AM
1507value is @code{backward-delete-char-untabify}
1508(@pxref{Deletion,,,@lispref{}, @lispreftitle{}}, the function which
1509deletes a single character.
3a731e1f 1510
116e44a1
AM
1511@item @kbd{C-d} (@code{c-electric-delete-forward})
1512@kindex C-d
1513@findex c-electric-delete-forward
3a731e1f
MS
1514@findex electric-delete-forward (c-)
1515This function, which is bound to @kbd{C-d} by default, works just like
1516@code{c-electric-backspace} but in the forward direction. When it
1517doesn't do an ``electric'' deletion of the following whitespace, it
116e44a1
AM
1518just does @code{delete-char}, more or less. (Strictly speaking, it
1519calls the function in @code{c-delete-function} with the prefix
1520argument.)
3a731e1f 1521
116e44a1
AM
1522@item @code{c-delete-function}
1523@vindex c-delete-function
3a731e1f
MS
1524@vindex delete-function (c-)
1525@findex delete-char
1526Hook that gets called by @code{c-electric-delete-forward} when it
1527doesn't do an ``electric'' deletion of the following whitespace. The
1528default value is @code{delete-char}.
116e44a1
AM
1529@end table
1530
1531@item Using Distinct Bindings
1532The other (newer and recommended) way to use hungry deletion is to
0d566910
AM
1533perform @code{c-hungry-delete-backwards} and
1534@code{c-hungry-delete-forward} directly through their key sequences
1535rather than using the minor mode toggling.
116e44a1
AM
1536
1537@table @asis
0d566910 1538@item @kbd{C-c C-@key{DEL}}, or @kbd{C-c @key{DEL}} (@code{c-hungry-delete-backwards})@footnote{This command was formerly known as @code{c-hungry-backspace}.}
116e44a1 1539@kindex C-c C-<backspace>
116e44a1 1540@kindex C-c <backspace>
0d566910
AM
1541@kindex C-c C-DEL
1542@kindex C-c DEL
1543@findex c-hungry-delete-backwards
1544@findex hungry-delete-backwards (c-)
116e44a1
AM
1545Delete any amount of whitespace in the backwards direction (regardless
1546whether hungry-delete mode is enabled or not). This command is bound
0d566910
AM
1547to both @kbd{C-c C-@key{DEL}} and @kbd{C-c @key{DEL}}, since the more
1548natural one, @kbd{C-c C-@key{DEL}}, is sometimes difficult to type at
1549a character terminal.
116e44a1 1550
0d566910 1551@item @kbd{C-c C-d}, @kbd{C-c C-@key{DELETE}}, or @kbd{C-c @key{DELETE}} (@code{c-hungry-delete-forward})
116e44a1 1552@kindex C-c C-d
0d566910
AM
1553@kindex C-c C-<DELETE>
1554@kindex C-c <DELETE>
116e44a1
AM
1555@findex c-hungry-delete-forward
1556@findex hungry-delete-forward (c-)
1557Delete any amount of whitespace in the forward direction (regardless
1558whether hungry-delete mode is enabled or not). This command is bound
0d566910
AM
1559to both @kbd{C-c C-@key{DELETE}} and @kbd{C-c @key{DELETE}} for the
1560same reason as for @key{DEL} above.
116e44a1
AM
1561@end table
1562@end table
3a731e1f 1563
116e44a1
AM
1564@kindex <delete>
1565@kindex <backspace>
1566
0d566910
AM
1567When we talk about @kbd{@key{DEL}}, and @kbd{@key{DELETE}} above, we
1568actually do so without connecting them to the physical keys commonly
1569known as @key{Backspace} and @key{Delete}. The default bindings to
1570those two keys depends on the flavor of (X)Emacs you are using.
6bf7aab6
DL
1571
1572@findex c-electric-delete
1573@findex electric-delete (c-)
116e44a1
AM
1574@findex c-hungry-delete
1575@findex hungry-delete (c-)
3a731e1f 1576@vindex delete-key-deletes-forward
3a731e1f
MS
1577In XEmacs 20.3 and beyond, the @key{Backspace} key is bound to
1578@code{c-electric-backspace} and the @key{Delete} key is bound to
1579@code{c-electric-delete}. You control the direction it deletes in by
1580setting the variable @code{delete-key-deletes-forward}, a standard
0d566910
AM
1581XEmacs variable.
1582@c This variable is encapsulated by XEmacs's (defsubst delete-forward-p ...).
1583When this variable is non-@code{nil}, @code{c-electric-delete} will do
1584forward deletion with @code{c-electric-delete-forward}, otherwise it
1585does backward deletion with @code{c-electric-backspace}. Similarly,
1586@kbd{C-c @key{Delete}} and @kbd{C-c C-@key{Delete}} are bound to
1587@code{c-hungry-delete} which is controlled in the same way by
1588@code{delete-key-deletes-forward}.
3a731e1f 1589
116e44a1 1590@findex normal-erase-is-backspace-mode
6bf7aab6 1591
116e44a1
AM
1592Emacs 21 and later automatically binds @key{Backspace} and
1593@key{Delete} to @kbd{DEL} and @kbd{C-d} according to your environment,
1594and @ccmode{} extends those bindings to @kbd{C-c C-@key{Backspace}}
1595etc. If you need to change the bindings through
1596@code{normal-erase-is-backspace-mode} then @ccmode{} will also adapt
1597its extended bindings accordingly.
6bf7aab6 1598
116e44a1
AM
1599In earlier (X)Emacs versions, @ccmode{} doesn't bind either
1600@key{Backspace} or @key{Delete} directly. Only the key codes
1601@kbd{DEL} and @kbd{C-d} are bound, and it's up to the default bindings
1602to map the physical keys to them. You might need to modify this
1603yourself if the defaults are unsuitable.
6bf7aab6 1604
116e44a1
AM
1605Getting your @key{Backspace} and @key{Delete} keys properly set up can
1606sometimes be tricky. The information in @ref{DEL Does Not
1607Delete,,,emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}, might be helpful if you're having
1608trouble with this in GNU Emacs.
6bf7aab6
DL
1609
1610
1611@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 1612@node Subword Movement, Other Commands, Hungry WS Deletion, Commands
d7bd46ed 1613@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1 1614@section Subword Movement and Editing
6bf7aab6
DL
1615@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
1616
116e44a1
AM
1617@cindex nomenclature
1618@cindex subword
1619In spite of the GNU Coding Standards, it is popular to name a symbol
1620by mixing uppercase and lowercase letters, e.g. @samp{GtkWidget},
1621@samp{EmacsFrameClass}, or @samp{NSGraphicsContext}. Here we call
1622these mixed case symbols @dfn{nomenclatures}. Also, each capitalized
1623(or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is called a
1624@dfn{subword}. Here are some examples:
1625
1626@multitable {@samp{NSGraphicsContext}} {@samp{NS}, @samp{Graphics}, and @samp{Context}}
f1a3de4e
EZ
1627@c This could be converted to @headitem when we require Texinfo 4.7
1628@iftex
1629@item @b{Nomenclature}
1630 @tab @b{Subwords}
1631@end iftex
1632@ifnottex
1633@item Nomenclature
116e44a1 1634 @tab Subwords
f1a3de4e
EZ
1635@item ---------------------------------------------------------
1636@end ifnottex
116e44a1
AM
1637@item @samp{GtkWindow}
1638 @tab @samp{Gtk} and @samp{Window}
1639@item @samp{EmacsFrameClass}
1640 @tab @samp{Emacs}, @samp{Frame}, and @samp{Class}
1641@item @samp{NSGraphicsContext}
1642 @tab @samp{NS}, @samp{Graphics}, and @samp{Context}
1643@end multitable
1644
1645The subword minor mode replaces the basic word oriented movement and
1646editing commands with variants that recognize subwords in a
1647nomenclature and treat them as separate words:
1648
1649@findex c-forward-subword
1650@findex forward-subword (c-)
1651@findex c-backward-subword
1652@findex backward-subword (c-)
1653@findex c-mark-subword
1654@findex mark-subword (c-)
1655@findex c-kill-subword
1656@findex kill-subword (c-)
1657@findex c-backward-kill-subword
1658@findex backward-kill-subword (c-)
1659@findex c-transpose-subwords
1660@findex transpose-subwords (c-)
1661@findex c-capitalize-subword
1662@findex capitalize-subword (c-)
1663@findex c-upcase-subword
1664@findex upcase-subword (c-)
1665@findex c-downcase-subword
1666@findex downcase-subword (c-)
1667@multitable @columnfractions .20 .40 .40
f1a3de4e
EZ
1668@c This could be converted to @headitem when we require Texinfo 4.7
1669@iftex
1670@item @b{Key} @tab @b{Word oriented command} @tab @b{Subword oriented command}
1671@end iftex
1672@ifnottex
1673@item Key @tab Word oriented command @tab Subword oriented command
1674@item ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1675@end ifnottex
116e44a1
AM
1676@item @kbd{M-f} @tab @code{forward-word} @tab @code{c-forward-subword}
1677@item @kbd{M-b} @tab @code{backward-word} @tab @code{c-backward-subword}
1678@item @kbd{M-@@} @tab @code{mark-word} @tab @code{c-mark-subword}
1679@item @kbd{M-d} @tab @code{kill-word} @tab @code{c-kill-subword}
1680@item @kbd{M-DEL} @tab @code{backward-kill-word} @tab @code{c-backward-kill-subword}
1681@item @kbd{M-t} @tab @code{transpose-words} @tab @code{c-transpose-subwords}
1682@item @kbd{M-c} @tab @code{capitalize-word} @tab @code{c-capitalize-subword}
1683@item @kbd{M-u} @tab @code{upcase-word} @tab @code{c-upcase-subword}
1684@item @kbd{M-l} @tab @code{downcase-word} @tab @code{c-downcase-subword}
1685@end multitable
1686
1687Note that if you have changed the key bindings for the word oriented
1688commands in your @file{.emacs} or a similar place, the keys you have
1689configured are also used for the corresponding subword oriented
1690commands.
1691
1692Type @kbd{C-c C-w} to toggle subword mode on and off. To make the
1693mode turn on automatically, put the following code in your
1694@file{.emacs}:
3a731e1f 1695
d7bd46ed 1696@example
116e44a1
AM
1697(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook
1698 (lambda () (c-subword-mode 1)))
d7bd46ed
GM
1699@end example
1700
116e44a1
AM
1701As a bonus, you can also use @code{c-subword-mode} in non-@ccmode{}
1702buffers by typing @kbd{M-x c-subword-mode}.
d7bd46ed
GM
1703
1704@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 1705@node Other Commands, , Subword Movement, Commands
d7bd46ed 1706@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1 1707@section Other Commands
6bf7aab6
DL
1708@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
1709
116e44a1 1710Here are the various other commands that didn't fit anywhere else:
3a731e1f
MS
1711
1712@table @asis
cdae7c3a
AM
1713@item @kbd{C-c .} (@code{c-set-style})
1714@kindex C-c .
1715@findex c-set-style
1716@findex set-style (c-)
1717Switch to the specified style in the current buffer. Use like this:
1718
1719@example
1720@kbd{C-c . @var{style-name} @key{RET}}
1721@end example
1722
1723You can use the @key{TAB} in the normal way to do completion on the
1724style name. Note that all style names are case insensitive, even the
1725ones you define yourself.
1726
1727Setting a style in this way does @emph{not} automatically reindent your
1728file. For commands that you can use to view the effect of your changes,
1729see @ref{Indentation Commands} and @ref{Filling and Breaking}.
1730
1731For details of the @ccmode{} style system, see @ref{Styles}.
116e44a1
AM
1732@item @kbd{C-c :} (@code{c-scope-operator})
1733@kindex C-c :
1734@findex c-scope-operator
1735@findex scope-operator (c-)
1736In C++, it is also sometimes desirable to insert the double-colon scope
1737operator without performing the electric behavior of colon insertion.
1738@kbd{C-c :} does just this.
1739
3a731e1f
MS
1740@item @kbd{C-c C-\} (@code{c-backslash-region})
1741@kindex C-c C-\
1742@findex c-backslash-region
1743@findex backslash-region (c-)
116e44a1
AM
1744This function inserts and aligns or deletes end-of-line backslashes in
1745the current region. These are typically used in multi-line macros.
3a731e1f
MS
1746
1747With no prefix argument, it inserts any missing backslashes and aligns
1748them according to the @code{c-backslash-column} and
1749@code{c-backslash-max-column} variables. With a prefix argument, it
1750deletes any backslashes.
1751
116e44a1
AM
1752The function does not modify blank lines at the start of the region. If
1753the region ends at the start of a line, it always deletes the backslash
1754(if any) at the end of the previous line.
3a731e1f 1755
116e44a1
AM
1756To customize the precise workings of this command, @ref{Custom Macros}.
1757@end table
3a731e1f 1758
116e44a1 1759@noindent
3a731e1f 1760The recommended line breaking function, @code{c-context-line-break}
116e44a1
AM
1761(@pxref{Filling and Breaking}), is especially nice if you edit
1762multiline macros frequently. When used inside a macro, it
1763automatically inserts and adjusts the mandatory backslash at the end
1764of the line to keep the macro together, and it leaves the point at the
1765right indentation column for the code. Thus you can write code inside
1766macros almost exactly as you can elsewhere, without having to bother
1767with the trailing backslashes.
3a731e1f 1768
116e44a1
AM
1769@table @asis
1770@item @kbd{C-c C-e} (@code{c-macro-expand})
1771@kindex C-c C-e
1772@findex c-macro-expand
1773@findex macro-expand (c-)
1774This command expands C, C++, Objective C or Pike macros in the region,
1775using an appropriate external preprocessor program. Normally it
1776displays its output in a temporary buffer, but if you give it a prefix
1777arg (with @kbd{C-u C-c C-e}) it will overwrite the original region
1778with the expansion.
1779
1780The command does not work in any of the other modes, and the key
1781sequence is not bound in these other modes.
1782
1783@code{c-macro-expand} isn't actually part of @ccmode{}, even though it
1784is bound to a @ccmode{} key sequence. If you need help setting it up
1785or have other problems with it, you can either read its source code or
1786ask for help in the standard (X)Emacs forums.
1787@end table
3a731e1f
MS
1788
1789@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 1790@node Font Locking, Config Basics, Commands, Top
3a731e1f
MS
1791@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1792@chapter Font Locking
1793@cindex font locking
1794@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
1795
3a731e1f
MS
1796@cindex Font Lock mode
1797
116e44a1
AM
1798@ccmode{} provides font locking for its supported languages by
1799supplying patterns for use with Font Lock mode. This means that you
1800get distinct faces on the various syntactic parts such as comments,
1801strings, keywords and types, which is very helpful in telling them
1802apart at a glance and discovering syntactic errors. @xref{Font
1803Lock,,, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}, for ways to enable font locking in
1804@ccmode{} buffers.
1805
1806@strong{Please note:} The font locking in AWK mode is currently not
1807integrated with the rest of @ccmode{}. Only the last section of this
1808chapter, @ref{AWK Mode Font Locking}, applies to AWK. The other
1809sections apply to the other languages.
3a731e1f
MS
1810
1811@menu
116e44a1
AM
1812* Font Locking Preliminaries::
1813* Faces::
1814* Doc Comments::
1815* AWK Mode Font Locking::
3a731e1f
MS
1816@end menu
1817
1818
1819@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 1820@node Font Locking Preliminaries, Faces, Font Locking, Font Locking
3a731e1f
MS
1821@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1822@section Font Locking Preliminaries
1823@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
1824
1825The font locking for most of the @ccmode{} languages were provided
1826directly by the Font Lock package prior to version 5.30 of @ccmode{}.
1827In the transition to @ccmode{} the patterns have been reworked
1828completely and are applied uniformly across all the languages except AWK
1829mode, just like the indentation rules (although each language still has
116e44a1 1830some peculiarities of its own, of course). Since the languages
3a731e1f
MS
1831previously had completely separate font locking patterns, this means
1832that it's a bit different in most languages now.
1833
1834The main goal for the font locking in @ccmode{} is accuracy, to provide
1835a dependable aid in recognizing the various constructs. Some, like
116e44a1
AM
1836strings and comments, are easy to recognize while others, like
1837declarations and types, can be very tricky. @ccmode{} can go to great
3a731e1f
MS
1838lengths to recognize declarations and casts correctly, especially when
1839the types aren't recognized by standard patterns. This is a fairly
1840demanding analysis which can be slow on older hardware, and it can
1841therefore be disabled by choosing a lower decoration level with the
116e44a1
AM
1842variable @code{font-lock-maximum-decoration} (@pxref{Font Lock,,,
1843emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}).
3a731e1f
MS
1844
1845@vindex font-lock-maximum-decoration
1846
1847The decoration levels are used as follows:
1848
1849@enumerate
1850@comment 1
1851@item
1852Minimal font locking: Fontify only comments, strings and preprocessor
1853directives (in the languages that use cpp).
1854
1855@comment 2
1856@item
116e44a1
AM
1857Fast font locking: In addition to level 1, fontify keywords, simple
1858types and declarations that are easy to recognize. The variables
3a731e1f
MS
1859@code{*-font-lock-extra-types} (where @samp{*} is the name of the
1860language) are used to recognize types (see below). Documentation
1861comments like Javadoc are fontified according to
116e44a1 1862@code{c-doc-comment-style} (@pxref{Doc Comments}).
3a731e1f
MS
1863
1864Use this if you think the font locking is too slow. It's the closest
1865corresponding level to level 3 in the old font lock patterns.
1866
1867@comment 3
1868@item
116e44a1
AM
1869Accurate font locking: Like level 2 but uses a different approach that
1870can recognize types and declarations much more accurately. The
3a731e1f
MS
1871@code{*-font-lock-extra-types} variables are still used, but user
1872defined types are recognized correctly anyway in most cases. Therefore
1873those variables should be fairly restrictive and not contain patterns
1874that are uncertain.
1875
1876@cindex Lazy Lock mode
1877@cindex Just-in-time Lock mode
1878
1879This level is designed for fairly modern hardware and a font lock
1880support mode like Lazy Lock or Just-in-time Lock mode that only
116e44a1
AM
1881fontifies the parts that are actually shown. Fontifying the whole
1882buffer at once can easily get bothersomely slow even on contemporary
1883hardware.
1884@c ACM, 2005/8/28: There should be a page in the (X)Emacs manual
1885@c describing these support modes. There wasn't in the
1886@c fourteenth edition of the Emacs manual (released with Emacs 21.3).
1887@c There might be one in the Emacs CVS for 22.1.
3a731e1f
MS
1888@end enumerate
1889
1890@cindex user defined types
1891@cindex types, user defined
1892
1893Since user defined types are hard to recognize you can provide
1894additional regexps to match those you use:
1895
1896@defopt c-font-lock-extra-types
1897@defoptx c++-font-lock-extra-types
1898@defoptx objc-font-lock-extra-types
1899@defoptx java-font-lock-extra-types
1900@defoptx idl-font-lock-extra-types
1901@defoptx pike-font-lock-extra-types
1902For each language there's a variable @code{*-font-lock-extra-types},
1903where @samp{*} stands for the language in question. It contains a list
1904of regexps that matches identifiers that should be recognized as types,
116e44a1 1905e.g. @samp{\\sw+_t} to recognize all identifiers ending with @samp{_t}
3a731e1f
MS
1906as is customary in C code. Each regexp should not match more than a
1907single identifier.
1908
1909The default values contain regexps for many types in standard runtime
1910libraries that are otherwise difficult to recognize, and patterns for
1911standard type naming conventions like the @samp{_t} suffix in C and C++.
1912Java, Objective-C and Pike have as a convention to start class names
1913with capitals, so there are patterns for that in those languages.
1914
1915Despite the names of these variables, they are not only used for
1916fontification but in other places as well where @ccmode{} needs to
1917recognize types.
1918@end defopt
1919
1920
1921@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 1922@node Faces, Doc Comments, Font Locking Preliminaries, Font Locking
3a731e1f
MS
1923@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1924@section Faces
1925@cindex faces
1926@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
1927
1928@ccmode{} attempts to use the standard faces for programming languages
1929in accordance with their intended purposes as far as possible. No extra
1930faces are currently provided, with the exception of a replacement face
1931@code{c-invalid-face} for emacsen that don't provide
1932@code{font-lock-warning-face}.
1933
1934@itemize @bullet
1935@item
1936@vindex font-lock-comment-face
1937Normal comments are fontified in @code{font-lock-comment-face}.
1938
1939@item
1940@vindex font-lock-doc-face
1941@vindex font-lock-doc-string-face
1942@vindex font-lock-comment-face
116e44a1
AM
1943Comments that are recognized as documentation (@pxref{Doc Comments})
1944get @code{font-lock-doc-face} (Emacs) or
1945@code{font-lock-doc-string-face} (XEmacs) if those faces exist. If
1946they don't then @code{font-lock-comment-face} is used.
3a731e1f
MS
1947
1948@item
1949@vindex font-lock-string-face
1950String and character literals are fontified in
1951@code{font-lock-string-face}.
1952
1953@item
1954@vindex font-lock-keyword-face
1955Keywords are fontified with @code{font-lock-keyword-face}.
1956
1957@item
1958@vindex font-lock-function-name-face
1959@code{font-lock-function-name-face} is used for function names in
1960declarations and definitions, and classes in those contexts. It's also
1961used for preprocessor defines with arguments.
1962
1963@item
1964@vindex font-lock-variable-name-face
1965Variables in declarations and definitions, and other identifiers in such
1966variable contexts, get @code{font-lock-variable-name-face}. It's also
1967used for preprocessor defines without arguments.
1968
1969@item
1970@vindex font-lock-constant-face
1971@vindex font-lock-reference-face
1972Builtin constants are fontified in @code{font-lock-constant-face} if it
1973exists, @code{font-lock-reference-face} otherwise. As opposed to the
1974preceding two faces, this is used on the names in expressions, and it's
1975not used in declarations, even if there happen to be a @samp{const} in
1976them somewhere.
1977
1978@item
1979@vindex font-lock-type-face
1980@code{font-lock-type-face} is put on types (both predefined and user
1981defined) and classes in type contexts.
1982
1983@item
1984@vindex font-lock-constant-face
1985@vindex font-lock-reference-face
1986Label identifiers get @code{font-lock-constant-face} if it exists,
1987@code{font-lock-reference-face} otherwise.
1988
1989@item
1990Name qualifiers and identifiers for scope constructs are fontified like
1991labels.
1992
1993@item
1994Special markup inside documentation comments are also fontified like
1995labels.
1996
1997@item
1998@vindex font-lock-preprocessor-face
1999@vindex font-lock-builtin-face
2000@vindex font-lock-reference-face
2001Preprocessor directives get @code{font-lock-preprocessor-face} if it
116e44a1 2002exists (i.e. XEmacs). In Emacs they get @code{font-lock-builtin-face}
3a731e1f
MS
2003or @code{font-lock-reference-face}, for lack of a closer equivalent.
2004
2005@item
2006@vindex font-lock-warning-face
2007@vindex c-invalid-face
2008@vindex invalid-face (c-)
2009Some kinds of syntactic errors are fontified with
2010@code{font-lock-warning-face} in Emacs. In older XEmacs versions
2011there's no corresponding standard face, so there a special
2012@code{c-invalid-face} is used, which is defined to stand out sharply by
2013default.
2014
2015Note that it's not used for @samp{#error} or @samp{#warning} directives,
2016since those aren't syntactic errors in themselves.
2017@end itemize
2018
2019
2020@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 2021@node Doc Comments, AWK Mode Font Locking, Faces, Font Locking
3a731e1f
MS
2022@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2023@section Documentation Comments
2024@cindex documentation comments
2025@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
2026
2027There are various tools to supply documentation in the source as
116e44a1 2028specially structured comments, e.g. the standard Javadoc tool in Java.
3a731e1f
MS
2029@ccmode{} provides an extensible mechanism to fontify such comments and
2030the special markup inside them.
2031
2032@defopt c-doc-comment-style
2033@vindex doc-comment-style (c-)
2034This is a style variable that specifies which documentation comment
116e44a1 2035style to recognize, e.g. @code{javadoc} for Javadoc comments.
3a731e1f
MS
2036
2037The value may also be a list of styles, in which case all of them are
2038recognized simultaneously (presumably with markup cues that don't
2039conflict).
2040
2041The value may also be an association list to specify different comment
2042styles for different languages. The symbol for the major mode is then
2043looked up in the alist, and the value of that element is interpreted as
2044above if found. If it isn't found then the symbol `other' is looked up
2045and its value is used instead.
2046
116e44a1
AM
2047The default value for @code{c-doc-comment-style} is
2048@w{@code{((java-mode . javadoc) (pike-mode . autodoc) (c-mode . gtkdoc))}}.
2049
3a731e1f
MS
2050Note that @ccmode{} uses this variable to set other variables that
2051handle fontification etc. That's done at mode initialization or when
2052you switch to a style which sets this variable. Thus, if you change it
116e44a1 2053in some other way, e.g. interactively in a CC Mode buffer, you will need
3a731e1f
MS
2054to do @kbd{M-x java-mode} (or whatever mode you're currently using) to
2055reinitialize.
2056
2057@findex c-setup-doc-comment-style
2058@findex setup-doc-comment-style (c-)
2059Note also that when @ccmode{} starts up, the other variables are
2060modified before the mode hooks are run. If you change this variable in
116e44a1 2061a mode hook, you'll have to call @code{c-setup-doc-comment-style}
3a731e1f
MS
2062afterwards to redo that work.
2063@end defopt
2064
2065@ccmode{} currently provides handing of the following doc comment
2066styles:
2067
2068@table @code
2069@item javadoc
2070@cindex Javadoc markup
2071Javadoc comments, the standard tool in Java.
2072
2073@item autodoc
2074@cindex Pike autodoc markup
2075For Pike autodoc markup, the standard in Pike.
116e44a1
AM
2076
2077@item gtkdoc
2078@cindex GtkDoc markup
2079For GtkDoc markup, widely used in the Gnome community.
3a731e1f
MS
2080@end table
2081
2082The above is by no means complete. If you'd like to see support for
2083other doc comment styles, please let us know (@pxref{Mailing Lists and
116e44a1 2084Bug Reports}).
3a731e1f
MS
2085
2086You can also write your own doc comment fontification support to use
2087with @code{c-doc-comment-style}: Supply a variable or function
2088@code{*-font-lock-keywords} where @samp{*} is the name you want to use
2089in @code{c-doc-comment-style}. If it's a variable, it's prepended to
2090@code{font-lock-keywords}. If it's a function, it's called at mode
2091initialization and the result is prepended. For an example, see
2092@code{javadoc-font-lock-keywords} in @file{cc-fonts.el}.
2093
2094If you add support for another doc comment style, please consider
116e44a1
AM
2095contributing it - send a note to @email{bug-cc-mode@@gnu.org}.
2096
2097
2098@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
2099@node AWK Mode Font Locking, , Doc Comments, Font Locking
2100@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2101@section AWK Mode Font Locking
2102@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
2103
2104The general appearance of font-locking in AWK mode is much like in any
2105other programming mode. @xref{Faces For Font Lock,,,elisp, GNU Emacs
2106Lisp Reference Manual}.
2107
2108The following faces are, however, used in a non-standard fashion in
2109AWK mode:
2110
2111@table @asis
2112@item @code{font-lock-variable-name-face}
2113This face was intended for variable declarations. Since variables are
2114not declared in AWK, this face is used instead for AWK system
2115variables (such as @code{NF}) and ``Special File Names'' (such as
2116@code{"/dev/stderr"}).
2117
2118@item @code{font-lock-builtin-face} (Emacs)/@code{font-lock-preprocessor-face} (XEmacs)
2119This face is normally used for preprocessor directives in @ccmode{}.
2120There are no such things in AWK, so this face is used instead for
2121standard functions (such as @code{match}).
2122
2123@item @code{font-lock-string-face}
2124As well as being used for strings, including localizable strings,
2125(delimited by @samp{"} and @samp{_"}), this face is also used for AWK
2126regular expressions (delimited by @samp{/}).
2127
2128@item @code{font-lock-warning-face} (Emacs)/@code{c-invalid-face} (XEmacs)
2129This face highlights the following syntactically invalid AWK
2130constructs:
2131
2132@itemize @bullet
2133@item
2134An unterminated string or regular expression. Here the opening
2135delimiter (@samp{"} or @samp{/} or @samp{_"}) is displayed in
2136@code{font-lock-warning-face}. This is most noticeable when typing in a
2137new string/regular expression into a buffer, when the warning-face
2138serves as a continual reminder to terminate the construct.
2139
2140AWK mode fontifies unterminated strings/regular expressions
2141differently from other modes: Only the text up to the end of the line
2142is fontified as a string (escaped newlines being handled correctly),
2143rather than the text up to the next string quote.
2144
2145@item
2146A space between the function name and opening parenthesis when calling
2147a user function. The last character of the function name and the
2148opening parenthesis are highlighted. This font-locking rule will
2149spuriously highlight a valid concatenation expression where an
2150identifier precedes a parenthesised expression. Unfortunately.
2151
2152@item
2153Whitespace following the @samp{\} in what otherwise looks like an
2154escaped newline. The @samp{\} is highlighted.
2155@end itemize
2156@end table
2157
2158
2159@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
2160@node Config Basics, Custom Filling and Breaking, Font Locking, Top
2161@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2162@chapter Configuration Basics
2163@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
2164
4dc5fe62 2165@cindex Emacs Initialization File
116e44a1
AM
2166@cindex Configuration
2167You configure @ccmode{} by setting Lisp variables and calling (and
2168perhaps writing) Lisp functions@footnote{DON'T PANIC!!! This isn't
2169difficult.}, which is usually done by adding code to an Emacs
2170initialization file. This file might be @file{site-start.el} or
2171@file{.emacs} or @file{init.el} or @file{default.el} or perhaps some
2172other file. @xref{Init File,,,@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}}. For
2173the sake of conciseness, we just call this file ``your @file{.emacs}''
2174throughout the rest of the manual.
2175
2176Several of these variables (currently 16), are known collectively as
2177@dfn{style variables}. @ccmode{} provides a special mechanism, known
2178as @dfn{styles} to make it easier to set these variables as a group,
2179to ``inherit'' settings from one style into another, and so on. Style
2180variables remain ordinary Lisp variables, whose values can be read and
2181changed independently of the style system. @xref{Style Variables}.
2182
2183There are several ways you can write the code, depending on the
2184precise effect you want---they are described further down on this page.
2185If you are new to @ccmode{}, we suggest you begin with the simplest
2186method, ``Top-level commands or the customization interface''.
2187
2188If you make conflicting settings in several of these ways, the way
2189that takes precedence is the one that appears latest in this list:
2190@itemize @asis
2191@item
2192@table @asis
2193@item Style
2194@itemx Top-level command or ``customization interface''
2195@itemx Hook
2196@itemx File Style
2197@end table
2198@end itemize
2199
2200Here is a summary of the different ways of writing your configuration
2201settings:
2202
2203@table @asis
2204@item Top-level commands or the ``customization interface''
2205Most simply, you can write @code{setq} and similar commands at the top
2206level of your @file{.emacs} file. When you load a @ccmode{} buffer,
2207it initializes its configuration from these global values (at least,
2208for those settings you have given values to), so it makes sense to
2209have these @code{setq} commands run @emph{before} @ccmode{} is first
2210initialized---in particular, before any call to @code{desktop-read}
2211(@pxref{Saving Emacs Sessions,,, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}). For
2212example, you might set c-basic-offset thus:
2213
2214@example
2215(setq c-basic-offset 4)
2216@end example
2217
2218You can use the more user friendly Customization interface instead,
2219but this manual does not cover in detail how that works. To do this,
2220start by typing @kbd{M-x customize-group @key{RET} c @key{RET}}.
2221@xref{Easy Customization,,,@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}}.
2222@c The following note really belongs in the Emacs manual.
2223Emacs normally writes the customizations at the end of your
2224@file{.emacs} file. If you use @code{desktop-read}, you should edit
2225your @file{.emacs} to place the call to @code{desktop-read} @emph{after}
2226the customizations.
2227
2228The first initialization of @ccmode{} puts a snapshot of the
2229configuration settings into the special style @code{user}.
2230@xref{Built-in Styles}.
2231
2232For basic use of Emacs, either of these ways of configuring is
2233adequate. However, the settings are then the same in all @ccmode{}
2234buffers and it can be clumsy to communicate them between programmers.
2235For more flexibility, you'll want to use one (or both) of @ccmode{}'s
2236more sophisticated facilities, hooks and styles.
2237
2238@item Hooks
2239An Emacs @dfn{hook} is a place to put Lisp functions that you want
2240Emacs to execute later in specific circumstances.
2241@xref{Hooks,,,@lispref{}, @lispreftitle{}}. @ccmode{} supplies a main
2242hook and a language-specific hook for each language it supports - any
2243functions you put onto these hooks get executed as the last part of a
2244buffer's initialization. Typically you put most of your customization
2245within the main hook, and use the language-specific hooks to vary the
2246customization settings between language modes. For example, if you
2247wanted different (non-standard) values of @code{c-basic-offset} in C
2248Mode and Java Mode buffers, you could do it like this:
2249
2250@example
2251@group
2252(defun my-c-mode-hook ()
2253 (setq c-basic-offset 3))
2254(add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'my-c-mode-hook)
2255
2256(defun my-java-mode-hook ()
2257 (setq c-basic-offset 6))
2258(add-hook 'java-mode-hook 'my-java-mode-hook)
2259@end group
2260@end example
2261
2262See @ref{CC Hooks} for more details on the use of @ccmode{} hooks.
2263
2264@item Styles
2265A @ccmode{} @dfn{style} is a coherent collection of customizations
2266with a name. At any time, exactly one style is active in each
2267@ccmode{} buffer, either the one you have selected or a default.
2268@ccmode{} is delivered with several existing styles. Additionally,
2269you can create your own styles, possibly based on these existing
2270styles. If you worked in a programming team called the ``Free
2271Group'', which had its own coding standards, you might well have this
2272in your @file{.emacs} file:
2273
2274@example
2275(setq c-default-style '((java-mode . "java")
2276 (awk-mode . "awk")
2277 (other . "free-group-style")))
2278@end example
2279
2280See @ref{Styles} for fuller details on using @ccmode{} styles and how
2281to create them.
2282
2283@item File Styles
2284A @dfn{file style} is a rarely used variant of the ``style'' mechanism
2285described above, which applies to an individual source file. To use
2286it, you set certain Emacs local variables in a special block at the
2287end of the source file. @xref{File Styles}.
2288
2289@item Hooks with Styles
2290For ultimate flexibility, you can use hooks and styles together. For
2291example, if your team were developing a product which required a
2292Linux driver, you'd probably want to use the ``linux'' style for the
2293driver, and your own team's style for the rest of the code. You
2294could achieve this with code like this in your @file{.emacs}:
2295
2296@example
2297@group
2298(defun my-c-mode-hook ()
2299 (c-set-style
2300 (if (and (buffer-file-name)
2301 (string-match "/usr/src/linux" (buffer-file-name)))
2302 "linux"
2303 "free-group-style")))
2304(add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'my-c-mode-hook)
2305@end group
2306@end example
2307
2308In a programming team, a hook is a also a good place for each member
2309to put his own personal preferences. For example, you might be the
2310only person in your team who likes Auto-newline minor mode. You could
2311have it enabled by default by placing the following in your
2312@file{.emacs}:
2313
2314@example
2315@group
2316(defun my-turn-on-auto-newline ()
2317 (c-toggle-auto-newline 1))
2318(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-turn-on-auto-newline)
2319@end group
2320@end example
2321@end table
2322
2323@menu
2324* CC Hooks::
2325* Style Variables::
2326* Styles::
2327@end menu
2328
2329@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
2330@node CC Hooks, Style Variables, Config Basics, Config Basics
2331@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2332@section Hooks
2333@cindex mode hooks
2334@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
2335@c The node name is "CC Hooks" rather than "Hooks" because of a bug in
2336@c some older versions of Info, e.g. the info.el in GNU Emacs 21.3.
2337@c If you go to "Config Basics" and hit <CR> on the xref to "CC
2338@c Hooks" the function Info-follow-reference searches for "*Note: CC
2339@c Hooks" from the beginning of the page. If this node were instead
2340@c named "Hooks", that search would spuriously find "*Note:
2341@c Hooks(elisp)" and go to the wrong node.
2342
2343@ccmode{} provides several hooks that you can use to customize the
2344mode for your coding style. The main hook is
2345@code{c-mode-common-hook}; typically, you'll put the bulk of your
2346customizations here. In addition, each language mode has its own
2347hook, allowing you to fine tune your settings individually for the
2348different @ccmode{} languages, and there is a package initialization
2349hook. Finally, there is @code{c-special-indent-hook}, which enables
2350you to solve anomalous indentation problems. It is described in
2351@ref{Other Indentation}, not here. All these hooks adhere to the
2352standard Emacs conventions.
2353
2354When you open a buffer, @ccmode{} first initializes it with the
2355currently active style (@pxref{Styles}). Then it calls
2356@code{c-mode-common-hook}, and finally it calls the language-specific
2357hook. Thus, any style settings done in these hooks will override
2358those set by @code{c-default-style}.
2359
2360@defvar c-initialization-hook
2361@vindex initialization-hook (c-)
2362Hook run only once per Emacs session, when @ccmode{} is initialized.
2363This is a good place to change key bindings (or add new ones) in any
2364of the @ccmode{} key maps. @xref{Sample .emacs File}.
2365@end defvar
2366
2367@defvar c-mode-common-hook
2368@vindex mode-common-hook (c-)
2369Common hook across all languages. It's run immediately before the
2370language specific hook.
2371@end defvar
2372
2373@defvar c-mode-hook
2374@defvarx c++-mode-hook
2375@defvarx objc-mode-hook
2376@defvarx java-mode-hook
2377@defvarx idl-mode-hook
2378@defvarx pike-mode-hook
2379@defvarx awk-mode-hook
2380The language specific mode hooks. The appropriate one is run as the
2381last thing when you enter that language mode.
2382@end defvar
2383
2384Although these hooks are variables defined in @ccmode{}, you can give
cdae7c3a 2385them values before @ccmode{}'s code is loaded---indeed, this is the
116e44a1
AM
2386only way to use @code{c-initialization-hook}. Their values aren't
2387overwritten when @ccmode{} gets loaded.
2388
2389Here's a simplified example of what you can add to your @file{.emacs}
2390file to do things whenever any @ccmode{} language is edited. See the
2391Emacs manuals for more information on customizing Emacs via hooks.
2392@xref{Sample .emacs File}, for a more complete sample @file{.emacs}
2393file.
2394
2395@example
2396(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
2397 ;; my customizations for all of c-mode and related modes
2398 (no-case-fold-search)
2399 )
2400(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-c-mode-common-hook)
2401@end example
2402
2403@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
2404@node Style Variables, Styles, CC Hooks, Config Basics
2405@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2406@section Style Variables
2407@cindex styles
2408@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
2409
2410@cindex style variables
2411The variables that @ccmode{}'s style system control are called
2412@dfn{style variables}. Note that style variables are ordinary Lisp
2413variables, which the style system initializes; you can change their
2414values at any time (e.g. in a hook function). The style system can
2415also also set other variables, to some extent. @xref{Styles}.
2416
2417@dfn{Style variables} are handled specially in several ways:
2418
2419@itemize @bullet
2420@item
2421Style variables are by default buffer-local variables. However, they
2422can instead be made global by setting
2423@code{c-style-variables-are-local-p} to @code{nil} before @ccmode{} is
2424initialized.
2425
2426@item
2427@vindex c-old-style-variable-behavior
2428@vindex old-style-variable-behavior (c-)
2429The default global binding of any style variable (with two exceptions
2430- see below) is the special symbol @code{set-from-style}. When the
2431style system initializes a buffer-local copy of a style variable for a
2432@ccmode{} buffer, if its global binding is still that symbol then it
2433will be set from the current style. Otherwise it will retain its
2434global default@footnote{This is a big change from versions of
2435@ccmode{} earlier than 5.26, where such settings would get overridden
2436by the style system unless special precautions were taken. That was
2437changed since it was counterintuitive and confusing, especially to
2438novice users. If your configuration depends on the old overriding
2439behavior, you can set the variable
2440@code{c-old-style-variable-behavior} to non-@code{nil}.}. This
2441``otherwise'' happens, for example, when you've set the variable with
2442@code{setq} at the top level of your @file{.emacs} (@pxref{Config
2443Basics}).
2444
2445@item
2446The style variable @code{c-offsets-alist} (@pxref{c-offsets-alist}) is
2447an association list with an element for each syntactic symbol. It's
2448handled a little differently from the other style variables. It's
2449default global binding is the empty list @code{nil}, rather than
2450@code{set-from-style}. Before the style system is initialized, you
2451can add individual elements to @code{c-offsets-alist} by calling
2452@code{c-set-offset}(@pxref{c-offsets-alist}) just like you would set
2453other style variables with @code{setq}. Those elements will then
2454prevail when the style system later initializes a buffer-local copy of
2455@code{c-offsets-alist}.
2456
2457@item
2458The style variable @code{c-special-indent-hook} is also handled in a
2459special way. Styles can only add functions to this hook, not remove
2460them, so any global settings you put on it are always
2461preserved@footnote{This did not change in version 5.26.}. The value
2462you give this variable in a style definition can be either a function
2463or a list of functions.
2464
2465@item
2466The global bindings of the style variables get captured in the special
2467@code{user} style when the style system is first initialized.
2468@xref{Built-in Styles}, for details.
2469@end itemize
2470
2471The style variables are:@*
2472@code{c-indent-comment-alist},
2473@code{c-indent-comments-syntactically-p} (@pxref{Indentation
2474Commands});@*
2475@code{c-doc-comment-style} (@pxref{Doc Comments});@*
2476@code{c-block-comment-prefix}, @code{c-comment-prefix-regexp}
2477(@pxref{Custom Filling and Breaking});@*
2478@code{c-hanging-braces-alist} (@pxref{Hanging Braces});@*
2479@code{c-hanging-colons-alist} (@pxref{Hanging Colons});@*
2480@code{c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria} (@pxref{Hanging Semicolons and
2481Commas});@*
2482@code{c-cleanup-list} (@pxref{Clean-ups});@*
2483@code{c-basic-offset} (@pxref{Customizing Indentation});@*
2484@code{c-offsets-alist} (@pxref{c-offsets-alist});@*
2485@code{c-comment-only-line-offset} (@pxref{Comment Line-Up});@*
2486@code{c-special-indent-hook}, @code{c-label-minimum-indentation}
2487(@pxref{Other Indentation});@*
2488@code{c-backslash-column}, @code{c-backslash-max-column}
2489(@pxref{Custom Macros}).
2490
2491@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
2492@node Styles, , Style Variables, Config Basics
2493@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2494@section Styles
2495@cindex styles
2496@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
2497
cdae7c3a
AM
2498By @dfn{style} we mean the layout of the code---things like how many
2499columns to indent a block of code, whether an opening brace gets
2500indented to the level of the code it encloses, or of the construct
2501that introduces it, or ``hangs'' at the end of a line.
2502
116e44a1
AM
2503Most people only need to edit code formatted in just a few well-defined
2504and consistent styles. For example, their organization might impose a
2505``blessed'' style that all its programmers must conform to. Similarly,
2506people who work on GNU software will have to use the GNU coding style.
2507Some shops are more lenient, allowing a variety of coding styles, and as
2508programmers come and go, there could be a number of styles in use. For
2509this reason, @ccmode{} makes it convenient for you to set up logical
2510groupings of customizations called @dfn{styles}, associate a single name
2511for any particular style, and pretty easily start editing new or
2512existing code using these styles.
2513
2514@menu
2515* Built-in Styles::
2516* Choosing a Style::
2517* Adding Styles::
2518* File Styles::
2519@end menu
2520
2521
2522@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
2523@node Built-in Styles, Choosing a Style, Styles, Styles
2524@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2525@subsection Built-in Styles
2526@cindex styles, built-in
2527@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
2528
2529If you're lucky, one of @ccmode{}'s built-in styles might be just
2530what you're looking for. These are:
2531
2532@table @code
2533@item gnu
2534@cindex GNU style
2535Coding style blessed by the Free Software Foundation
2536for C code in GNU programs.
2537
2538@item k&r
2539@cindex K&R style
2540The classic Kernighan and Ritchie style for C code.
2541
2542@item bsd
2543@cindex BSD style
2544Also known as ``Allman style'' after Eric Allman.
2545
2546@item whitesmith
2547@cindex Whitesmith style
2548Popularized by the examples that came with Whitesmiths C, an early
2549commercial C compiler.
2550
2551@item stroustrup
2552@cindex Stroustrup style
2553The classic Stroustrup style for C++ code.
2554
2555@item ellemtel
2556@cindex Ellemtel style
2557Popular C++ coding standards as defined by ``Programming in C++, Rules
2558and Recommendations,'' Erik Nyquist and Mats Henricson,
2559Ellemtel@footnote{This document is available at
2560@uref{http://www.doc.ic.ac.uk/lab/cplus/c++.rules/} among other
2561places.}.
2562@c N.B. This URL was still valid at 2005/8/28 (ACM).
2563
2564@item linux
2565@cindex Linux style
2566C coding standard for Linux (the kernel).
3a731e1f 2567
116e44a1
AM
2568@item python
2569@cindex Python style
2570C coding standard for Python extension modules@footnote{Python is a
2571high level scripting language with a C/C++ foreign function interface.
2572For more information, see @uref{http://www.python.org/}.}.
3a731e1f 2573
116e44a1
AM
2574@item java
2575@cindex Java style
2576The style for editing Java code. Note that the default
2577value for @code{c-default-style} installs this style when you enter
2578@code{java-mode}.
3a731e1f 2579
116e44a1
AM
2580@item awk
2581@cindex AWK style
2582The style for editing AWK code. Note that the default value for
2583@code{c-default-style} installs this style when you enter
2584@code{awk-mode}.
3a731e1f 2585
116e44a1
AM
2586@item user
2587@cindex User style
2588This is a special style created by you. It consists of the factory
2589defaults for all the style variables as modified by the customizations
2590you do either with the Customization interface or by writing
2591@code{setq}s and @code{c-set-offset}s at the top level of your
2592@file{.emacs} file (@pxref{Config Basics}). The style system creates
2593this style as part of its initialization and doesn't modify it
2594afterwards.
2595@end table
3a731e1f
MS
2596
2597
2598@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1
AM
2599@node Choosing a Style, Adding Styles, Built-in Styles, Styles
2600@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2601@subsection Choosing a Style
d7bd46ed 2602@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6bf7aab6 2603
cdae7c3a
AM
2604When you create a new buffer, its style will be set from
2605@code{c-default-style}. The factory default is the style @code{gnu},
2606except in Java and AWK modes where it's @code{java} and @code{awk}.
3a731e1f 2607
116e44a1
AM
2608Remember that if you set a style variable with the Customization
2609interface or at the top level of your @file{.emacs} file before the
2610style system is initialised (@pxref{Config Basics}), this setting will
2611override the one that the style system would have given the variable.
3a731e1f 2612
cdae7c3a
AM
2613To set a buffer's style interactively, use the command @kbd{C-c .}
2614(@pxref{Other Commands}). To set it from a file's local variable
2615list, @ref{File Styles}.
2616
116e44a1
AM
2617@defopt c-default-style
2618@vindex default-style (c-)
2619This variable specifies which style to install by default in new
2620buffers. It takes either a style name string, or an association list
2621of major mode symbols to style names:
3a731e1f 2622
116e44a1
AM
2623@enumerate
2624@item
2625When @code{c-default-style} is a string, it must be an existing style
2626name. This style is then used for all modes.
3a731e1f 2627
116e44a1
AM
2628@item
2629When @code{c-default-style} is an association list, the mode language
2630is looked up to find a style name string.
d7bd46ed 2631
116e44a1
AM
2632@item
2633If @code{c-default-style} is an association list where the mode
2634language mode isn't found then the special symbol @samp{other} is
2635looked up. If it's found then the associated style is used.
d7bd46ed 2636
116e44a1
AM
2637@item
2638If @samp{other} is not found then the @samp{gnu} style is used.
2639@end enumerate
3a731e1f 2640
116e44a1
AM
2641In all cases, the style described in @code{c-default-style} is installed
2642@emph{before} the language hooks are run, so you can always override
2643this setting by including an explicit call to @code{c-set-style} in your
2644language mode hook, or in @code{c-mode-common-hook}.
d7bd46ed 2645
116e44a1
AM
2646The standard value of @code{c-default-style} is @w{@code{((java-mode
2647. "java") (awk-mode . "awk") (other . "gnu"))}}.
3a731e1f 2648@end defopt
d7bd46ed 2649
116e44a1
AM
2650@defvar c-indentation-style
2651@vindex indentation-style (c-)
2652This variable always contains the buffer's current style name, as a
2653string.
2654@end defvar
d7bd46ed
GM
2655
2656
2657@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 2658@node Adding Styles, File Styles, Choosing a Style, Styles
d7bd46ed 2659@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1 2660@subsection Adding and Amending Styles
6bf7aab6
DL
2661@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
2662
116e44a1
AM
2663If none of the built-in styles is appropriate, you'll probably want to
2664create a new @dfn{style definition}, possibly based on an existing
2665style. To do this, put the new style's settings into a list with the
2666following format - the list can then be passed as an argument to the
2667function @code{c-add-style}. You can see an example of a style
2668definition in @ref{Sample .emacs File}.
6bf7aab6 2669
116e44a1
AM
2670@cindex style definition
2671@c @defvr {List} style definition
d7bd46ed 2672@table @asis
116e44a1
AM
2673@item Structure of a Style Definition List
2674([@var{base-style}] [(@var{variable} . @var{value}) @dots{}])
6bf7aab6 2675
116e44a1
AM
2676Optional @var{base-style}, if present, must be a string which is the
2677name of the @dfn{base style} from which this style inherits. At most
2678one @var{base-style} is allowed in a style definition. If
2679@var{base-style} is not specified, the style inherits from the table
2680of factory default values@footnote{This table is stored internally in
2681the variable c-fallback-style.} instead. All styles eventually
2682inherit from this internal table. Style loops generate errors. The
2683list of pre-existing styles can be seen in @ref{Built-in Styles}.
6bf7aab6 2684
116e44a1
AM
2685The dotted pairs (@var{variable} . @var{value}) each consist of a
2686variable and the value it is to be set to when the style is later
2687activated.@footnote{Note that if the variable has been given a value
2688by the Customization interface or a @code{setq} at the top level of
2689your @file{.emacs}, this value will override the one the style system
2690tries to give it. @xref{Config Basics}.} The variable can be either a
2691@ccmode{} style variable or an arbitrary Emacs variable. In the
2692latter case, it is @emph{not} made buffer-local by the @ccmode{} style
2693system.
2694@c @end defvr
6bf7aab6 2695
116e44a1 2696Two variables are treated specially in the dotted pair list:
6bf7aab6 2697
116e44a1
AM
2698@table @code
2699@item c-offsets-alist
2700The value is in turn a list of dotted pairs of the form
6bf7aab6 2701
116e44a1
AM
2702@example
2703(@r{@var{syntactic-symbol}} . @r{@var{offset}})
2704@end example
6bf7aab6 2705
116e44a1
AM
2706as described in @ref{c-offsets-alist}. These are passed to
2707@code{c-set-offset} so there is no need to set every syntactic symbol
2708in your style, only those that are different from the inherited style.
6bf7aab6 2709
116e44a1
AM
2710@item c-special-indent-hook
2711The value is added to @code{c-special-indent-hook} using
2712@code{add-hook}, so any functions already on it are kept. If the value
2713is a list, each element of the list is added with @code{add-hook}.
2714@end table
2715@end table
6bf7aab6 2716
116e44a1
AM
2717Styles are kept in the @code{c-style-alist} variable, but you
2718should never modify this variable directly. Instead, @ccmode{}
2719provides the function @code{c-add-style} for this purpose.
6bf7aab6 2720
116e44a1
AM
2721@defun c-add-style stylename description &optional set-p
2722@findex add-style (c-)
2723Add or update a style called @var{stylename}, a string.
2724@var{description} is the new style definition in the form described
2725above. If @var{stylename} already exists in @code{c-style-alist} then
2726it is replaced by @var{description}. (Note, this replacement is
2727total. The old style is @emph{not} merged into the new one.)
2728Otherwise, a new style is added.
d7bd46ed 2729
116e44a1
AM
2730If the optional @var{set-p} is non-@code{nil} then the new style is
2731applied to the current buffer as well. The use of this facility is
2732deprecated and it might be removed from @ccmode{} in a future release.
2733You should use @code{c-set-style} instead.
d7bd46ed 2734
116e44a1
AM
2735The sample @file{.emacs} file provides a concrete example of how a new
2736style can be added and automatically set. @xref{Sample .emacs File}.
2737@end defun
d7bd46ed 2738
116e44a1
AM
2739@defvar c-style-alist
2740@vindex style-alist (c-)
2741This is the variable that holds the definitions for the styles. It
2742should not be changed directly; use @code{c-add-style} instead.
2743@end defvar
d7bd46ed 2744
6bf7aab6 2745
d7bd46ed 2746@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 2747@node File Styles, , Adding Styles, Styles
d7bd46ed 2748@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1
AM
2749@subsection File Styles
2750@cindex styles, file local
6bf7aab6
DL
2751@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
2752
116e44a1 2753@cindex file local variables
3a731e1f 2754
116e44a1
AM
2755The Emacs manual describes how you can customize certain variables on a
2756per-file basis by including a @dfn{file local variable} block at the end
2757of the file (@pxref{File Variables,, Local Variables in Files, @emacsman{},
2758@emacsmantitle{}}).
d7bd46ed 2759
116e44a1
AM
2760So far, you've only seen a functional interface for setting styles in
2761@ccmode{}, and this can't be used here. @ccmode{} fills the gap by
2762providing two variables for use in a file's local variable list.
2763Don't use them anywhere else! These allow you to customize the style
2764on a per-file basis:
3a731e1f 2765
116e44a1
AM
2766@defvar c-file-style
2767@vindex file-style (c-)
2768Set this variable to a style name string in the Local Variables list.
2769From now on, when you visit the file, @ccmode{} will automatically set
2770the file's style to this one using @code{c-set-style}.
2771@end defvar
6bf7aab6 2772
116e44a1
AM
2773@defvar c-file-offsets
2774@vindex file-offsets (c-)
2775Set this variable (in the Local Variables list) to an association list
2776of the same format as @code{c-offsets-alist}. From now on, when you
2777visit the file, @ccmode{} will automatically institute these offsets
2778using @code{c-set-offset}.
2779@end defvar
6bf7aab6 2780
116e44a1
AM
2781Note that file style settings (i.e. @code{c-file-style}) are applied
2782before file offset settings
2783(i.e. @code{c-file-offsets})@footnote{Also, if either of these are set
2784in a file's local variable section, all the style variable values are
2785made local to that buffer, even if
2786@code{c-style-variables-are-local-p} is @code{nil}. Since this
2787variable is virtually always non-@code{nil} anyhow, you're unlikely to
2788notice this effect.}.
2789
2790If you set any variables, including style variables, by the file local
2791variables mechanism, these settings take priority over all other
2792settings, even those in your mode hooks (@pxref{CC Hooks}). If you
2793use @code{c-file-style} or @code{c-file-offsets} and also explicitly
2794set a style variable in a local variable block, the explicit setting
2795will take priority.
6bf7aab6 2796
116e44a1
AM
2797@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
2798@node Custom Filling and Breaking, Custom Auto-newlines, Config Basics, Top
2799@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2800@chapter Customizing Filling and Line Breaking
2801@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
d7bd46ed 2802
116e44a1
AM
2803Since there's a lot of normal text in comments and string literals,
2804@ccmode{} provides features to edit these like in text mode. It does
2805this by hooking in on the different line breaking functions and tuning
2806relevant variables as necessary.
d7bd46ed 2807
116e44a1
AM
2808@vindex c-comment-prefix-regexp
2809@vindex comment-prefix-regexp (c-)
2810@cindex comment line prefix
2811@vindex comment-start
2812@vindex comment-end
2813@vindex comment-start-skip
2814@vindex paragraph-start
2815@vindex paragraph-separate
2816@vindex paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix
2817@vindex adaptive-fill-mode
2818@vindex adaptive-fill-regexp
2819@vindex adaptive-fill-first-line-regexp
2820To make Emacs recognize comments and treat text in them as normal
2821paragraphs, @ccmode{} makes several standard
2822variables@footnote{@code{comment-start}, @code{comment-end},
2823@code{comment-start-skip}, @code{paragraph-start},
2824@code{paragraph-separate}, @code{paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix},
2825@code{adaptive-fill-mode}, @code{adaptive-fill-regexp}, and
2826@code{adaptive-fill-first-line-regexp}.} buffer-local and modifies them
2827according to the language syntax and the comment line prefix.
cb7f2e96 2828
116e44a1
AM
2829@defopt c-comment-prefix-regexp
2830@vindex comment-prefix-regexp (c-)
2831This style variable contains the regexp used to recognize the
2832@dfn{comment line prefix}, which is the line decoration that starts
2833every line in a comment. The variable is either the comment line
2834prefix itself, or (more usually) an association list with different
2835values for different languages. The symbol for the major mode is
2836looked up in the alist to get the regexp for the language, and if it
2837isn't found then the special symbol @samp{other} is looked up instead.
d7bd46ed 2838
116e44a1
AM
2839When a comment line gets divided by @kbd{M-j} or the like, @ccmode{}
2840inserts the comment line prefix from a neighbouring line at the start
2841of the new line. The default value of c-comment-prefix-regexp is
2842@samp{//+\\|\\**}, which matches C++ style line comments like
6bf7aab6 2843
3a731e1f 2844@example
116e44a1 2845// blah blah
6bf7aab6
DL
2846@end example
2847
2848@noindent
116e44a1
AM
2849with two or more slashes in front of them, and the second and
2850subsequent lines of C style block comments like
3a731e1f 2851
6bf7aab6
DL
2852@example
2853@group
116e44a1
AM
2854/*
2855 * blah blah
2856 */
6bf7aab6
DL
2857@end group
2858@end example
3a731e1f 2859
6bf7aab6 2860@noindent
116e44a1
AM
2861with zero or more stars at the beginning of every line. If you change
2862this variable, please make sure it still matches the comment starter
2863(i.e. @code{//}) of line comments @emph{and} the line prefix inside
2864block comments.
6bf7aab6 2865
116e44a1
AM
2866@findex c-setup-paragraph-variables
2867@findex setup-paragraph-variables (c-)
2868Also note that since @ccmode{} uses the value of
2869@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} to set up several other variables at
2870mode initialization, there won't be any effect if you just change it
2871inside a @ccmode{} buffer. You need to call the command
2872@code{c-setup-paragraph-variables} too, to update those other
2873variables. That's also the case if you modify
2874@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} in a mode hook, since @ccmode{} will
2875already have set up these variables before calling the hook.
2876@end defopt
6bf7aab6 2877
116e44a1
AM
2878In comments, @ccmode{} uses @code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} to adapt
2879the line prefix from the other lines in the comment.
6bf7aab6 2880
116e44a1
AM
2881@vindex adaptive-fill-mode
2882@cindex Adaptive Fill mode
2883@ccmode{} uses adaptive fill mode (@pxref{Adaptive Fill,,, emacs, GNU
2884Emacs Manual}) to make Emacs correctly keep the line prefix when
2885filling paragraphs. That also makes Emacs preserve the text
2886indentation @emph{inside} the comment line prefix. E.g. in the
2887following comment, both paragraphs will be filled with the left
2888margins of the texts kept intact:
3a731e1f 2889
6bf7aab6
DL
2890@example
2891@group
116e44a1
AM
2892/* Make a balanced b-tree of the nodes in the incoming
2893 * stream. But, to quote the famous words of Donald E.
2894 * Knuth,
2895 *
2896 * Beware of bugs in the above code; I have only
2897 * proved it correct, not tried it.
2898 */
6bf7aab6
DL
2899@end group
2900@end example
3a731e1f 2901
116e44a1
AM
2902@findex c-setup-filladapt
2903@findex setup-filladapt (c-)
2904@findex filladapt-mode
2905@vindex filladapt-mode
2906@cindex Filladapt mode
2907It's also possible to use other adaptive filling packages, notably Kyle
2908E. Jones' Filladapt package@footnote{It's available from
2909@uref{http://www.wonderworks.com/}. As of version 2.12, it does however
2910lack a feature that makes it work suboptimally when
2911@code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} matches the empty string (which it does
2912by default). A patch for that is available from
2913@uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net/,, the CC Mode web site}.},
2914@c 2005/11/22: The above is still believed to be the case.
2915which handles things like bulleted lists nicely. There's a convenience
2916function @code{c-setup-filladapt} that tunes the relevant variables in
2917Filladapt for use in @ccmode{}. Call it from a mode hook, e.g. with
2918something like this in your @file{.emacs}:
3a731e1f 2919
6bf7aab6 2920@example
116e44a1
AM
2921(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
2922 (c-setup-filladapt)
2923 (filladapt-mode 1))
2924(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-c-mode-common-hook)
6bf7aab6
DL
2925@end example
2926
116e44a1
AM
2927@defopt c-block-comment-prefix
2928@vindex block-comment-prefix (c-)
2929@vindex c-comment-continuation-stars
2930@vindex comment-continuation-stars (c-)
2931Normally the comment line prefix inserted for a new line inside a
2932comment is deduced from other lines in it. However there's one
2933situation when there's no hint about what the prefix should look like,
2934namely when a block comment is broken for the first time. This style
2935variable@footnote{In versions before 5.26, this variable was called
2936@code{c-comment-continuation-stars}. As a compatibility measure,
2937@ccmode{} still uses the value on that variable if it's set.} is used
2938then as the comment prefix. It defaults to @samp{*
2939}@footnote{Actually, this default setting of
4dc5fe62 2940@code{c-block-comment-prefix} typically gets overridden by the default
116e44a1
AM
2941style @code{gnu}, which sets it to blank. You can see the line
2942splitting effect described here by setting a different style,
2943e.g. @code{k&r} @xref{Choosing a Style}.}, which makes a comment
6bf7aab6 2944
3a731e1f 2945@example
116e44a1 2946/* Got O(n^2) here, which is a Bad Thing. */
6bf7aab6
DL
2947@end example
2948
6bf7aab6 2949@noindent
116e44a1 2950break into
3a731e1f 2951
6bf7aab6
DL
2952@example
2953@group
116e44a1
AM
2954/* Got O(n^2) here, which
2955 * is a Bad Thing. */
6bf7aab6
DL
2956@end group
2957@end example
2958
116e44a1
AM
2959Note that it won't work to adjust the indentation by putting leading
2960spaces in @code{c-block-comment-prefix}, since @ccmode{} still uses the
2961normal indentation engine to indent the line. Thus, the right way to
2962fix the indentation is by customizing the @code{c} syntactic symbol. It
2963defaults to @code{c-lineup-C-comments}, which handles the indentation of
2964most common comment styles, see @ref{Line-Up Functions}.
2965@end defopt
6bf7aab6 2966
116e44a1
AM
2967@defopt c-ignore-auto-fill
2968@vindex ignore-auto-fill (c-)
2969When auto fill mode is enabled, @ccmode{} can selectively ignore it
2970depending on the context the line break would occur in, e.g. to never
2971break a line automatically inside a string literal. This variable
2972takes a list of symbols for the different contexts where auto-filling
2973never should occur:
3a731e1f 2974
116e44a1
AM
2975@table @code
2976@item string
2977Inside a string or character literal.
2978@item c
2979Inside a C style block comment.
2980@item c++
2981Inside a C++ style line comment.
2982@item cpp
2983Inside a preprocessor directive.
2984@item code
2985Anywhere else, i.e. in normal code.
2986@end table
2987
2988By default, @code{c-ignore-auto-fill} is set to @code{(string cpp
2989code)}, which means that when auto-fill mode is activated,
2990auto-filling only occurs in comments. In literals, it's often
2991desirable to have explicit control over newlines. In preprocessor
2992directives, the necessary @samp{\} escape character before the newline
2993is not automatically inserted, so an automatic line break would
2994produce invalid code. In normal code, line breaks are normally
2995dictated by some logical structure in the code rather than the last
2996whitespace character, so automatic line breaks there will produce poor
2997results in the current implementation.
2998@end defopt
2999
3000@vindex comment-multi-line
3001If inside a comment and @code{comment-multi-line} (@pxref{Auto Fill,,,
3002@emacsman{}, @emacsmantitle{}} is non-@code{nil}, the indentation and
3003line prefix are preserved. If inside a comment and
3004@code{comment-multi-line} is @code{nil}, a new comment of the same
3005type is started on the next line and indented as appropriate for
3006comments.
3a731e1f 3007
116e44a1
AM
3008Note that @ccmode{} sets @code{comment-multi-line} to @code{t} at
3009startup. The reason is that @kbd{M-j} could otherwise produce sequences
3010of single line block comments for texts that should logically be treated
3011as one comment, and the rest of the paragraph handling code
3012(e.g. @kbd{M-q} and @kbd{M-a}) can't cope with that, which would lead to
3013inconsistent behavior.
d7bd46ed
GM
3014
3015@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 3016@node Custom Auto-newlines, Clean-ups, Custom Filling and Breaking, Top
d7bd46ed 3017@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1 3018@chapter Customizing Auto-newlines
6bf7aab6 3019@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6bf7aab6 3020
116e44a1
AM
3021@ccmode{} determines whether to insert auto-newlines in two basically
3022different ways, depending on the character just typed:
3023
3024@table @asis
3025@item Braces and Colons
3026@ccmode{} first determines the syntactic context of the brace or colon
3027(@pxref{Syntactic Symbols}), then looks for a corresponding element in
3028an alist. This element specifies where to put newlines - this is any
3029combination of before and after the brace or colon. If no alist
3030element is found, newlines are inserted both before and after a brace,
3031but none are inserted around a colon. See @ref{Hanging Braces} and
3032@ref{Hanging Colons}.
3033
3034@item Semicolons and Commas
3035The variable @code{c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria} contains a list of
3036functions which determine whether to insert a newline after a newly
3037typed semicolon or comma. @xref{Hanging Semicolons and Commas}.
3038@end table
d7bd46ed 3039
116e44a1
AM
3040The names of these configuration variables contain @samp{hanging}
3041because they let you @dfn{hang} the pertinent characters. A character
3042which introduces a C construct is said to @dfn{hang on the right} when
3043it appears at the end of a line after other code, being separated by a
3044line break from the construct it introduces, like the opening brace in:
3a731e1f 3045
d7bd46ed
GM
3046@example
3047@group
116e44a1
AM
3048while (i < MAX) @{
3049 total += entry[i];
3050 entry [i++] = 0;
3051@}
d7bd46ed
GM
3052@end group
3053@end example
3054
116e44a1
AM
3055@noindent
3056A character @dfn{hangs on the left} when it appears at the start of
3057the line after the construct it closes off, like the above closing
3058brace.
3059
3060The next chapter, ``Clean-ups'', describes how to configure @ccmode{}
3061to remove these automatically added newlines in certain specific
3062circumstances. @xref{Clean-ups}.
3063
3064@menu
3065* Hanging Braces::
3066* Hanging Colons::
3067* Hanging Semicolons and Commas::
3068@end menu
d7bd46ed
GM
3069
3070
3071@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 3072@node Hanging Braces, Hanging Colons, Custom Auto-newlines, Custom Auto-newlines
d7bd46ed 3073@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1
AM
3074@section Hanging Braces
3075@cindex hanging braces
6bf7aab6
DL
3076@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3077
116e44a1
AM
3078To specify which kinds of braces you want auto-newlines put around,
3079you set the style variable @code{c-hanging-braces-alist}. Its
3080structure and semantics are described in this section. Details of how
3081to set it up, and its relationship to CC Mode's style system are given
3082in @ref{Style Variables}.
6bf7aab6 3083
116e44a1
AM
3084Say you wanted an auto-newline after (but not before) the following
3085@samp{@{}:
6bf7aab6 3086
116e44a1
AM
3087@example
3088if (foo < 17) @{
3089@end example
3a731e1f 3090
116e44a1
AM
3091@noindent
3092First you need to find the @dfn{syntactic context} of the brace---type
3093a @key{RET} before the brace to get it on a line of its
3094own@footnote{Also insert a @samp{\} at the end of the previous line if
3095you're in AWK Mode.}, then type @kbd{C-c C-s}. That will tell you
3096something like:
cb7f2e96 3097
116e44a1
AM
3098@example
3099((substatement-open 1061))
3100@end example
6bf7aab6 3101
116e44a1
AM
3102@noindent
3103So here you need to put the entry @code{(substatement-open . (after))}
3104into @code{c-hanging-braces-alist}.
3105
3106If you don't want any auto-newlines for a particular syntactic symbol,
3107put this into @code{c-hanging-braces-alist}:
6bf7aab6 3108
3a731e1f 3109@example
116e44a1 3110(brace-entry-open)
6bf7aab6
DL
3111@end example
3112
116e44a1
AM
3113If some brace syntactic symbol is not in @code{c-hanging-brace-alist},
3114its entry is taken by default as @code{(before after)}---insert a
3115newline both before and after the brace. In place of a
3116``before/after'' list you can specify a function in this alist---this
3117is useful when the auto newlines depend on the code around the brace.
6bf7aab6 3118
116e44a1
AM
3119@defopt c-hanging-braces-alist
3120@vindex hanging-braces-alist (c-)
6bf7aab6 3121
116e44a1
AM
3122This variable is an association list which maps syntactic symbols to
3123lists of places to insert a newline. @xref{Association
3124Lists,,,@lispref{}, @lispreftitle{}}. The key of each element is the
3125syntactic symbol, the associated value is either @code{nil}, a list,
3126or a function.
d7bd46ed 3127
116e44a1
AM
3128@table @asis
3129@item The Key - the syntactic symbol
3130The syntactic symbols that are useful as keys in this list are
3131@code{brace-list-intro}, @code{statement-cont},
3132@code{inexpr-class-open}, @code{inexpr-class-close}, and all the
3133@code{*-open} and @code{*-close} symbols. @xref{Syntactic Symbols},
3134for a more detailed description of these syntactic symbols, except for
3135@code{inexpr-class-open} and @code{inexpr-class-close}, which aren't
3136actual syntactic symbols. Elements with any other value as a key get
3137ignored.
d7bd46ed 3138
116e44a1
AM
3139The braces of anonymous inner classes in Java are given the special
3140symbols @code{inexpr-class-open} and @code{inexpr-class-close}, so that
3141they can be distinguished from the braces of normal classes@footnote{The
3142braces of anonymous classes produce a combination of
3143@code{inexpr-class}, and @code{class-open} or @code{class-close} in
3144normal indentation analysis.}.
d7bd46ed 3145
116e44a1
AM
3146Note that the aggregate constructs in Pike mode, @samp{(@{}, @samp{@})},
3147@samp{([}, @samp{])}, and @samp{(<}, @samp{>)}, do not count as brace
3148lists in this regard, even though they do for normal indentation
3149purposes. It's currently not possible to set automatic newlines on
3150these constructs.
d7bd46ed 3151
116e44a1
AM
3152@item The associated value - the ``ACTION'' list or function
3153The value associated with each syntactic symbol in this association
3154list is called an @var{action}, which can be either a list or a
3155function which returns a list. @xref{Custom Braces}, for how to use
3156a function as a brace hanging @var{action}.
d7bd46ed 3157
116e44a1
AM
3158The list @var{action} (or the list returned by @var{action} when it's
3159a function) contains some combination of the symbols @code{before} and
3160@code{after}, directing @ccmode{} where to put newlines in
3161relationship to the brace being inserted. Thus, if the list contains
3162only the symbol @code{after}, then the brace hangs on the right side
3163of the line, as in:
d7bd46ed 3164
116e44a1
AM
3165@example
3166// here, open braces always `hang'
3167void spam( int i ) @{
3168 if( i == 7 ) @{
3169 dosomething(i);
3170 @}
3171@}
3172@end example
6bf7aab6 3173
116e44a1
AM
3174When the list contains both @code{after} and @code{before}, the braces
3175will appear on a line by themselves, as shown by the close braces in
3176the above example. The list can also be empty, in which case newlines
3177are added neither before nor after the brace.
3178@end table
6bf7aab6 3179
116e44a1
AM
3180If a syntactic symbol is missing entirely from
3181@code{c-hanging-braces-alist}, it's treated in the same way as an
3182@var{action} with a list containing @code{before} and @code{after}, so
3183that braces by default end up on their own line.
6bf7aab6 3184
116e44a1 3185For example, the default value of @code{c-hanging-braces-alist} is:
6bf7aab6 3186
116e44a1
AM
3187@example
3188((brace-list-open)
3189 (brace-entry-open)
3190 (statement-cont)
3191 (substatement-open after)
3192 (block-close . c-snug-do-while)
3193 (extern-lang-open after)
3194 (namespace-open after)
3195 (module-open after)
3196 (composition-open after)
3197 (inexpr-class-open after)
3198 (inexpr-class-close before))
3199@end example
6bf7aab6 3200
116e44a1
AM
3201@noindent which says that @code{brace-list-open},
3202@code{brace-entry-open} and @code{statement-cont}@footnote{Brace lists
3203inside statements, such as initializers for static array variables
3204inside functions in C, are recognized as @code{statement-cont}. All
3205normal substatement blocks are recognized with other symbols.} braces
3206should both hang on the right side and allow subsequent text to follow
3207on the same line as the brace. Also, @code{substatement-open},
3208@code{extern-lang-open}, and @code{inexpr-class-open} braces should hang
3209on the right side, but subsequent text should follow on the next line.
3210The opposite holds for @code{inexpr-class-close} braces; they won't
3211hang, but the following text continues on the same line. Here, in the
3212@code{block-close} entry, you also see an example of using a function as
3213an @var{action}. In all other cases, braces are put on a line by
3214themselves.
3215@end defopt
6bf7aab6 3216
116e44a1
AM
3217@menu
3218* Custom Braces::
3219@end menu
6bf7aab6 3220
116e44a1
AM
3221@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3222@node Custom Braces, , Hanging Braces, Hanging Braces
3223@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3224@subsection Custom Brace Hanging
3225@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6bf7aab6 3226
116e44a1
AM
3227@vindex c-hanging-braces-alist
3228@vindex hanging-braces-alist (c-)
3229@cindex action functions
3230Syntactic symbols aren't the only place where you can customize
3231@ccmode{} with the lisp equivalent of callback functions. Remember
3232that @var{action}s are usually a list containing some combination of
3233the symbols @code{before} and @code{after} (@pxref{Hanging Braces}).
3234For more flexibility, you can instead specify brace ``hanginess'' by
4dc5fe62 3235giving a syntactic symbol an @dfn{action function} in
116e44a1
AM
3236@code{c-hanging-braces-alist}; this function determines the
3237``hanginess'' of a brace, usually by looking at the code near it.
6bf7aab6 3238
116e44a1
AM
3239@cindex customization, brace hanging
3240An action function is called with two arguments: the syntactic symbol
3241for the brace (e.g. @code{substatement-open}), and the buffer position
3242where the brace has been inserted. Point is undefined on entry to an
3243action function, but the function must preserve it (e.g. by using
3244@code{save-excursion}). The return value should be a list containing
3245some combination of @code{before} and @code{after}, including neither
3246of them (i.e. @code{nil}).
6bf7aab6 3247
116e44a1
AM
3248@defvar c-syntactic-context
3249@vindex syntactic-context (c-)
3250During the call to the indentation or brace hanging @var{action}
3251function, this variable is bound to the full syntactic analysis list.
3252This might be, for example, @samp{((block-close 73))}. Don't ever
3253give @code{c-syntactic-context} a value yourself---this would disrupt
3254the proper functioning of @ccmode{}.
3255
3256This variable is also bound in three other circumstances:
c3337fce 3257(i)@w{ }when calling a c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria function
cdae7c3a
AM
3258(@pxref{Hanging Semicolons and Commas}); (ii)@w{ }when calling a
3259line-up function (@pxref{Custom Line-Up}); (iii)@w{ }when calling a
116e44a1
AM
3260c-special-indent-hook function (@pxref{Other Indentation}).
3261@end defvar
6bf7aab6 3262
116e44a1
AM
3263As an example, @ccmode{} itself uses this feature to dynamically
3264determine the hanginess of braces which close ``do-while''
3265constructs:
6bf7aab6 3266
116e44a1
AM
3267@example
3268void do_list( int count, char** atleast_one_string )
3269@{
3270 int i=0;
3271 do @{
3272 handle_string( atleast_one_string[i] );
3273 i++;
3274 @} while( i < count );
3275@}
3276@end example
6bf7aab6 3277
116e44a1
AM
3278@ccmode{} assigns the @code{block-close} syntactic symbol to the
3279brace that closes the @code{do} construct, and normally we'd like the
3280line that follows a @code{block-close} brace to begin on a separate
3281line. However, with ``do-while'' constructs, we want the
3282@code{while} clause to follow the closing brace. To do this, we
3283associate the @code{block-close} symbol with the @var{action} function
3284@code{c-snug-do-while}:
6bf7aab6 3285
116e44a1
AM
3286@example
3287(defun c-snug-do-while (syntax pos)
3288 "Dynamically calculate brace hanginess for do-while statements."
3289 (save-excursion
3290 (let (langelem)
3291 (if (and (eq syntax 'block-close)
3292 (setq langelem (assq 'block-close c-syntactic-context))
3293 (progn (goto-char (cdr langelem))
3294 (if (= (following-char) ?@{)
3295 (forward-sexp -1))
3296 (looking-at "\\<do\\>[^_]")))
3297 '(before)
3298 '(before after)))))
3299@end example
d7bd46ed 3300
116e44a1
AM
3301@findex c-snug-do-while
3302@findex snug-do-while (c-)
3303This function simply looks to see if the brace closes a ``do-while''
3304clause and if so, returns the list @samp{(before)} indicating
3305that a newline should be inserted before the brace, but not after it.
3306In all other cases, it returns the list @samp{(before after)} so
3307that the brace appears on a line by itself.
d7bd46ed 3308
3a731e1f 3309@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 3310@node Hanging Colons, Hanging Semicolons and Commas, Hanging Braces, Custom Auto-newlines
3a731e1f 3311@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1
AM
3312@section Hanging Colons
3313@cindex hanging colons
3a731e1f
MS
3314@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3315
116e44a1
AM
3316@cindex customization, colon hanging
3317@vindex c-hanging-colons-alist
3318@vindex hanging-colons-alist (c-)
3a731e1f 3319
116e44a1
AM
3320Using a mechanism similar to brace hanging (@pxref{Hanging Braces}),
3321colons can also be made to hang using the style variable
3322@code{c-hanging-colons-alist} - When a colon is typed, @ccmode
3323determines its syntactic context, looks this up in the alist
3324@code{c-changing-colons-alist} and inserts up to two newlines
3325accordingly. Here, however, If @ccmode fails to find an entry for a
3326syntactic symbol in the alist, no newlines are inserted around the
3327newly typed colon.
3a731e1f 3328
116e44a1
AM
3329@defopt c-hanging-colons-alist
3330@vindex hanging-colons-alist (c-)
3a731e1f 3331
116e44a1
AM
3332@table @asis
3333@item The Key - the syntactic symbol
3334The syntactic symbols appropriate as keys in this association list
3335are: @code{case-label}, @code{label}, @code{access-label},
3336@code{member-init-intro}, and @code{inher-intro}. @xref{Syntactic
3337Symbols}. Elements with any other value as a key get ignored.
3338
3339@item The associate value - the ``ACTION'' list
3340The @var{action} here is simply a list containing a combination of the
3341symbols @code{before} and @code{after}. Unlike in
3342@code{c-hanging-braces-alist}, functions as @var{actions} are not
3343supported - there doesn't seem to be any need for them.
3344@end table
3345@end defopt
3a731e1f 3346
116e44a1
AM
3347In C++, double-colons are used as a scope operator but because these
3348colons always appear right next to each other, newlines before and after
3349them are controlled by a different mechanism, called @dfn{clean-ups} in
3350@ccmode{}. @xref{Clean-ups}, for details.
3a731e1f 3351
116e44a1
AM
3352@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3353@node Hanging Semicolons and Commas, , Hanging Colons, Custom Auto-newlines
3354@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3355@section Hanging Semicolons and Commas
3356@cindex hanging semicolons
3357@cindex hanging commas
3358@cindex customization, semicolon newlines
3359@cindex customization, comma newlines
3360@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6bf7aab6 3361
116e44a1
AM
3362@defopt c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria
3363@vindex hanging-semi&comma-criteria (c-)
3364This style variable takes a list of functions; these get called when
3365you type a semicolon or comma. The functions are called in order
3366without arguments. When these functions are entered, point is just
3367after the newly inserted @samp{;} or @samp{,} and they must preserve
3368point (e.g., by using @code{save-excursion}). During the call, the
3369variable @code{c-syntactic-context} is bound to the syntactic context
3370of the current line@footnote{This was first introduced in @ccmode{}
33715.31.} @pxref{Custom Braces}. These functions don't insert newlines
3372themselves, rather they direct @ccmode{} whether or not to do so.
3373They should return one of the following values:
d7bd46ed 3374
116e44a1
AM
3375@table @code
3376@item t
3377A newline is to be inserted after the @samp{;} or @samp{,}, and no
3378more functions from the list are to be called.
3379@item stop
3380No more functions from the list are to be called, and no newline is to
3381be inserted.
3382@item nil
3383No determination has been made, and the next function in the list is
3384to be called.
3385@end table
d7bd46ed 3386
116e44a1
AM
3387Note that auto-newlines are never inserted @emph{before} a semicolon
3388or comma. If every function in the list is called without a
3389determination being made, then no newline is added.
d7bd46ed 3390
116e44a1
AM
3391In AWK mode, this variable is set by default to @code{nil}. In the
3392other modes, the default value is a list containing a single function,
3393@code{c-semi&comma-inside-parenlist}. This inserts newlines after all
3394semicolons, apart from those separating @code{for}-clause statements.
3a731e1f 3395@end defopt
6bf7aab6 3396
116e44a1
AM
3397@defun c-semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks
3398@findex semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks (c-)
3399This is an example of a criteria function, provided by @ccmode{}. It
3400prevents newlines from being inserted after semicolons when there is a
3401non-blank following line. Otherwise, it makes no determination. To
3402use, add this function to the front of the
3403@code{c-hanging-semi&comma-criteria} list.
3404
3405@example
3406(defun c-semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks ()
3407 (save-excursion
3408 (if (and (eq last-command-char ?\;)
3409 (zerop (forward-line 1))
3410 (not (looking-at "^[ \t]*$")))
3411 'stop
3412 nil)))
3413@end example
3414@end defun
3415
3416@defun c-semi&comma-inside-parenlist
3417@findex semi&comma-inside-parenlist (c-)
3418@defunx c-semi&comma-no-newlines-for-oneline-inliners
3419@findex semi&comma-no-newlines-for-oneline-inliners (c-)
3420The function @code{c-semi&comma-inside-parenlist} is what prevents
3421newlines from being inserted inside the parenthesis list of @code{for}
3422statements. In addition to
3423@code{c-semi&comma-no-newlines-before-nonblanks} described above,
3424@ccmode{} also comes with the criteria function
3425@code{c-semi&comma-no-newlines-for-oneline-inliners}, which suppresses
3426newlines after semicolons inside one-line inline method definitions
3427(e.g. in C++ or Java).
3428@end defun
6bf7aab6
DL
3429
3430
3431@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 3432@node Clean-ups, Indentation Engine Basics, Custom Auto-newlines, Top
d7bd46ed 3433@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1
AM
3434@chapter Clean-ups
3435@cindex clean-ups
6bf7aab6
DL
3436@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3437
116e44a1
AM
3438@dfn{Clean-ups} are mechanisms which remove (or exceptionally, add)
3439whitespace in specific circumstances and are complementary to colon
3440and brace hanging. You enable a clean-up by adding its symbol into
cdae7c3a
AM
3441@code{c-cleanup-list}, e.g. like this:
3442
3443@example
3444(add-to-list 'c-cleanup-list 'space-before-funcall)
3445@end example
2a15eb73 3446
116e44a1
AM
3447On the surface, it would seem that clean-ups overlap the functionality
3448provided by the @code{c-hanging-*-alist} variables. Clean-ups,
3449however, are used to adjust code ``after-the-fact'', i.e. to adjust
3450the whitespace in constructs later than when they were typed.
2a15eb73 3451
116e44a1
AM
3452Most of the clean-ups remove automatically inserted newlines, and are
3453only active when auto-newline minor mode is turned on. Others will
3454work all the time. Note that clean-ups are only performed when there
3455is nothing but whitespace appearing between the individual components
3456of the construct, and (apart from @code{comment-close-slash}) when the
3457construct does not occur within a literal (@pxref{Auto-newlines}).
2a15eb73 3458
116e44a1
AM
3459@defopt c-cleanup-list
3460@vindex cleanup-list (c-)
3461@cindex literal
2a15eb73 3462
116e44a1
AM
3463You configure @ccmode{}'s clean-ups by setting the style variable
3464@code{c-cleanup-list}, which is a list of clean-up symbols. By
3465default, @ccmode{} cleans up only the @code{scope-operator} construct,
3466which is necessary for proper C++ support.
3467@end defopt
2a15eb73 3468
116e44a1
AM
3469These are the clean-ups that are only active when electric and
3470auto-newline minor modes are enabled:
2a15eb73 3471
116e44a1
AM
3472@c TBD: Would like to use some sort of @deffoo here; @table indents a
3473@c bit too much in dvi output.
3474@table @code
3475@item brace-else-brace
3476Clean up @samp{@} else @{} constructs by placing the entire construct on
3477a single line. Clean up occurs when the open brace after the
3478@samp{else} is typed. So for example, this:
2a15eb73 3479
116e44a1
AM
3480@example
3481@group
3482void spam(int i)
3483@{
3484 if( i==7 ) @{
3485 dosomething();
3486 @}
3487 else
3488 @{
3489@end group
3490@end example
3a731e1f 3491
116e44a1
AM
3492@noindent
3493appears like this after the last open brace is typed:
6bf7aab6 3494
116e44a1
AM
3495@example
3496@group
3497void spam(int i)
3498@{
3499 if( i==7 ) @{
3500 dosomething();
3501 @} else @{
3502@end group
3503@end example
3a731e1f 3504
116e44a1
AM
3505@item brace-elseif-brace
3506Similar to the @code{brace-else-brace} clean-up, but this cleans up
3507@samp{@} else if (...) @{} constructs. For example:
6bf7aab6 3508
116e44a1
AM
3509@example
3510@group
3511void spam(int i)
3512@{
3513 if( i==7 ) @{
3514 dosomething();
3515 @}
3516 else if( i==3 )
3517 @{
3518@end group
3519@end example
6bf7aab6 3520
116e44a1
AM
3521@noindent
3522appears like this after the last open parenthesis is typed:
6bf7aab6 3523
116e44a1
AM
3524@example
3525@group
3526void spam(int i)
3527@{
3528 if( i==7 ) @{
3529 dosomething();
3530 @} else if(
3531@end group
3532@end example
6bf7aab6 3533
116e44a1
AM
3534@noindent
3535and like this after the last open brace is typed:
6bf7aab6 3536
116e44a1
AM
3537@example
3538@group
3539void spam(int i)
3540@{
3541 if( i==7 ) @{
3542 dosomething();
3543 @} else if( i==3 ) @{
3544@end group
3545@end example
6bf7aab6 3546
116e44a1
AM
3547@item brace-catch-brace
3548Analogous to @code{brace-elseif-brace}, but cleans up @samp{@} catch
3549(...) @{} in C++ and Java mode.
6bf7aab6 3550
116e44a1
AM
3551@item empty-defun-braces
3552Clean up braces following a top-level function or class definition that
3553contains no body. Clean up occurs when the closing brace is typed.
3554Thus the following:
6bf7aab6 3555
116e44a1
AM
3556@example
3557@group
3558class Spam
3559@{
3560@}
3561@end group
3562@end example
6bf7aab6 3563
116e44a1
AM
3564@noindent
3565is transformed into this when the close brace is typed:
6bf7aab6 3566
116e44a1
AM
3567@example
3568@group
3569class Spam
3570@{@}
3571@end group
3572@end example
6bf7aab6 3573
116e44a1
AM
3574@item defun-close-semi
3575Clean up the terminating semicolon on top-level function or class
3576definitions when they follow a close brace. Clean up occurs when the
3577semicolon is typed. So for example, the following:
6bf7aab6 3578
116e44a1
AM
3579@example
3580@group
3581class Spam
3582@{
3583...
3584@}
3585;
3586@end group
3587@end example
6bf7aab6 3588
116e44a1
AM
3589@noindent
3590is transformed into this when the semicolon is typed:
3a731e1f 3591
6bf7aab6
DL
3592@example
3593@group
116e44a1
AM
3594class Spam
3595@{
3596...
3597@};
6bf7aab6
DL
3598@end group
3599@end example
3600
116e44a1
AM
3601@item list-close-comma
3602Clean up commas following braces in array and aggregate initializers.
3603Clean up occurs when the comma is typed. The space before the comma
3604is zapped just like the space before the semicolon in
3605@code{defun-close-semi}.
3a731e1f 3606
116e44a1
AM
3607@item scope-operator
3608Clean up double colons which might designate a C++ scope operator split
3609across multiple lines@footnote{Certain C++ constructs introduce
3610ambiguous situations, so @code{scope-operator} clean-ups might not
3611always be correct. This usually only occurs when scoped identifiers
3612appear in switch label tags.}. Clean up occurs when the second colon is
3613typed. You will always want @code{scope-operator} in the
3614@code{c-cleanup-list} when you are editing C++ code.
d7bd46ed 3615
116e44a1
AM
3616@item one-liner-defun
3617Clean up a single line of code enclosed by defun braces by removing
3618the whitespace before and after the code. The clean-up happens when
3619the closing brace is typed. If the variable
3620@code{c-max-one-liner-length} is set, the cleanup is only done if the
3621resulting line would be no longer than the value of that variable.
6bf7aab6 3622
116e44a1 3623For example, consider this AWK code:
6bf7aab6 3624
3a731e1f 3625@example
116e44a1
AM
3626@group
3627BEGIN @{
3628 FS = "\t" # use <TAB> as a field separator
3629@}
3630@end group
6bf7aab6
DL
3631@end example
3632
116e44a1
AM
3633@noindent
3634It gets compacted to the following when the closing brace is typed:
3a731e1f 3635
6bf7aab6
DL
3636@example
3637@group
116e44a1 3638BEGIN @{FS = "\t"@} # use <TAB> as a field separator
6bf7aab6
DL
3639@end group
3640@end example
3641
116e44a1
AM
3642@defopt c-max-one-liner-length
3643@vindex max-one-liner-length (c-)
3644The maximum length of the resulting line for which the clean-up
3645@code{one-liner-defun} will be triggered. This length is that of the entire
3646line, including any leading whitespace and any trailing comment. Its
3647default value is 80. If the value is zero or @code{nil}, no limit
3648applies.
3649@end defopt
3650@end table
6bf7aab6 3651
116e44a1
AM
3652The following clean-ups are always active when they occur on
3653@code{c-cleanup-list}, regardless of whether Electric minor mode or
3654Auto-newline minor mode are enabled:
6bf7aab6 3655
116e44a1
AM
3656@table @code
3657@item space-before-funcall
3658Insert a space between the function name and the opening parenthesis
3659of a function call. This produces function calls in the style
c3337fce
EZ
3660mandated by the GNU coding standards, e.g. @samp{signal@w{ }(SIGINT,
3661SIG_IGN)} and @samp{abort@w{ }()}. Clean up occurs when the opening
116e44a1
AM
3662parenthesis is typed. This clean-up should never be active in AWK
3663Mode, since such a space is syntactically invalid for user defined
3664functions.
6bf7aab6 3665
116e44a1
AM
3666@item compact-empty-funcall
3667Clean up any space between the function name and the opening parenthesis
3668of a function call that has no arguments. This is typically used
3669together with @code{space-before-funcall} if you prefer the GNU function
3670call style for functions with arguments but think it looks ugly when
3671it's only an empty parenthesis pair. I.e. you will get @samp{signal
3672(SIGINT, SIG_IGN)}, but @samp{abort()}. Clean up occurs when the
3673closing parenthesis is typed.
3674
3675@item comment-close-slash
cdae7c3a
AM
3676When inside a block comment, terminate the comment when you type a slash
3677at the beginning of a line (i.e. immediately after the comment prefix).
3678This clean-up removes whitespace preceding the slash and if needed,
3679inserts a star to complete the token @samp{*/}. Type @kbd{C-q /} in this
3680situation if you just want a literal @samp{/} inserted.
116e44a1
AM
3681@end table
3682
3683
3684@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3685@node Indentation Engine Basics, Customizing Indentation, Clean-ups, Top
d7bd46ed 3686@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1 3687@chapter Indentation Engine Basics
6bf7aab6
DL
3688@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3689
116e44a1
AM
3690This chapter will briefly cover how @ccmode{} indents lines of code.
3691It is helpful to understand the indentation model being used so that
3692you will know how to customize @ccmode{} for your personal coding
3693style. All the details are in @ref{Customizing Indentation}.
6bf7aab6 3694
116e44a1
AM
3695@ccmode{} has an indentation engine that provides a flexible and
3696general mechanism for customizing indentation. When @ccmode{} indents
3697a line of code, it separates its calculations into two steps:
6bf7aab6 3698
116e44a1
AM
3699@enumerate
3700@item
3701@cindex syntactic symbol
3702@cindex anchor position
3703It analyzes the line to determine its @dfn{syntactic symbol(s)} (the
3704kind of language construct it's looking at) and its @dfn{anchor
3705position} (the position earlier in the file that @ccmode{} will indent
3706the line relative to). The anchor position might be the location of
3707an opening brace in the previous line, for example. @xref{Syntactic
3708Analysis}.
3709@item
3710@cindex offsets
3711@cindex indentation offset specifications
3712It looks up the syntactic symbol(s) in the configuration to get the
3713corresponding @dfn{offset(s)}. The symbol @code{+}, which means
3714``indent this line one more level'' is a typical offset. @ccmode{}
3715then applies these offset(s) to the anchor position, giving the
3716indentation for the line. The different sorts of offsets are
3717described in @ref{c-offsets-alist}.
3718@end enumerate
3719
3720In exceptional circumstances, the syntax directed indentation
3721described here may be a nuisance rather than a help. You can disable
3722it by setting @code{c-syntactic-indentation} to @code{nil}. (To set
3723the variable interactively, @ref{Minor Modes}).
3724
3725@defopt c-syntactic-indentation
3726@vindex syntactic-indentation (c-)
3727When this is non-@code{nil} (which it is by default), the indentation
3728of code is done according to its syntactic structure. When it's
3729@code{nil}, every line is just indented to the same level as the
3730previous one, and @kbd{TAB} (@code{c-indent-command}) adjusts the
3731indentation in steps of @code{c-basic-offset}. The current style
3732(@pxref{Config Basics}) then has no effect on indentation, nor do any
3733of the variables associated with indentation, not even
3734@code{c-special-indent-hook}.
3735@end defopt
3736
3737@menu
3738* Syntactic Analysis::
3739* Syntactic Symbols::
3740* Indentation Calculation::
3741@end menu
3742
3743
3744@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3745@node Syntactic Analysis, Syntactic Symbols, Indentation Engine Basics, Indentation Engine Basics
3746@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3747@section Syntactic Analysis
3748@cindex syntactic analysis
3749@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3750
3751@cindex syntactic element
3752@cindex syntactic context
3753The first thing @ccmode{} does when indenting a line of code, is to
3754analyze the line, determining the @dfn{syntactic context} of the
3755(first) construct on that line. It's a list of @dfn{syntactic
3756elements}, where each syntactic element in turn is a list@footnote{In
3757@ccmode 5.28 and earlier, a syntactic element was a dotted pair; the
3758cons was the syntactic symbol and the cdr was the anchor position.
3759For compatibility's sake, the parameter passed to a line-up function
3760still has this dotted pair form (@pxref{Custom Line-Up}).} Here is a
3761brief and typical example:
6bf7aab6 3762
3a731e1f 3763@example
116e44a1 3764((defun-block-intro 1959))
6bf7aab6
DL
3765@end example
3766
116e44a1
AM
3767@cindex syntactic symbol
3768@noindent
3769The first thing inside each syntactic element is always a
3770@dfn{syntactic symbol}. It describes the kind of construct that was
3771recognized, e.g. @code{statement}, @code{substatement},
3772@code{class-open}, @code{class-close}, etc. @xref{Syntactic Symbols},
3773for a complete list of currently recognized syntactic symbols and
3774their semantics. The remaining entries are various data associated
3775with the recognized construct - there might be zero or more.
3776
3777@cindex anchor position
3778Conceptually, a line of code is always indented relative to some
3779position higher up in the buffer (typically the indentation of the
3780previous line). That position is the @dfn{anchor position} in the
3781syntactic element. If there is an entry after the syntactic symbol in
3782the syntactic element list then it's either nil or that anchor position.
3783
3784Here is an example. Suppose we had the following code as the only thing
3785in a C++ buffer @footnote{The line numbers in this and future examples
3786don't actually appear in the buffer, of course!}:
6bf7aab6 3787
3a731e1f 3788@example
116e44a1
AM
3789 1: void swap( int& a, int& b )
3790 2: @{
3791 3: int tmp = a;
3792 4: a = b;
3793 5: b = tmp;
3794 6: @}
6bf7aab6
DL
3795@end example
3796
116e44a1
AM
3797@noindent
3798We can use @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{c-show-syntactic-information}) to
3799report what the syntactic analysis is for the current line:
6bf7aab6 3800
116e44a1
AM
3801@table @asis
3802@item @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{c-show-syntactic-information})
3803@kindex C-c C-s
3804@findex c-show-syntactic-information
3805@findex show-syntactic-information (c-)
3806This command calculates the syntactic analysis of the current line and
3807displays it in the minibuffer. The command also highlights the anchor
3808position(s).
3809@end table
6bf7aab6 3810
116e44a1
AM
3811 Running this command on line 4 of this example, we'd see in the echo
3812area@footnote{With a universal argument (i.e. @kbd{C-u C-c C-s}) the
3813analysis is inserted into the buffer as a comment on the current
3814line.}:
6bf7aab6 3815
116e44a1
AM
3816@example
3817((statement 35))
3818@end example
6bf7aab6 3819
116e44a1
AM
3820@noindent
3821and the @samp{i} of @code{int} on line 3 would be highlighted. This
3822tells us that the line is a statement and it is indented relative to
3823buffer position 35, the highlighted position. If you were to move
3824point to line 3 and hit @kbd{C-c C-s}, you would see:
6bf7aab6 3825
116e44a1
AM
3826@example
3827((defun-block-intro 29))
3828@end example
6bf7aab6 3829
116e44a1
AM
3830@noindent
3831This indicates that the @samp{int} line is the first statement in a top
3832level function block, and is indented relative to buffer position 29,
3833which is the brace just after the function header.
6bf7aab6 3834
116e44a1 3835Here's another example:
6bf7aab6 3836
116e44a1
AM
3837@example
3838 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
3839 2: @{
3840 3: if( doit )
3841 4: @{
3842 5: return( val + incr );
3843 6: @}
3844 7: return( val );
3845 8: @}
3846@end example
6bf7aab6 3847
116e44a1
AM
3848@noindent
3849Hitting @kbd{C-c C-s} on line 4 gives us:
6bf7aab6
DL
3850
3851@example
116e44a1 3852((substatement-open 46))
6bf7aab6
DL
3853@end example
3854
116e44a1
AM
3855@cindex substatement
3856@cindex substatement block
3857@noindent
3858which tells us that this is a brace that @emph{opens} a substatement
3859block. @footnote{A @dfn{substatement} is the line after a
3860conditional statement, such as @code{if}, @code{else}, @code{while},
3861@code{do}, @code{switch}, etc. A @dfn{substatement
3862block} is a brace block following one of these conditional statements.}
6bf7aab6 3863
116e44a1
AM
3864@cindex comment-only line
3865Syntactic contexts can contain more than one element, and syntactic
3866elements need not have anchor positions. The most common example of
3867this is a @dfn{comment-only line}:
6bf7aab6 3868
116e44a1
AM
3869@example
3870 1: void draw_list( List<Drawables>& drawables )
3871 2: @{
3872 3: // call the virtual draw() method on each element in list
3873 4: for( int i=0; i < drawables.count(), ++i )
3874 5: @{
3875 6: drawables[i].draw();
3876 7: @}
3877 8: @}
3878@end example
6bf7aab6 3879
116e44a1
AM
3880@noindent
3881Hitting @kbd{C-c C-s} on line 3 of this example gives:
3a731e1f 3882
116e44a1
AM
3883@example
3884((comment-intro) (defun-block-intro 46))
3885@end example
6bf7aab6 3886
116e44a1
AM
3887@noindent
3888and you can see that the syntactic context contains two syntactic
3889elements. Notice that the first element, @samp{(comment-intro)}, has no
3890anchor position.
d7bd46ed 3891
6bf7aab6 3892
d7bd46ed 3893@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 3894@node Syntactic Symbols, Indentation Calculation, Syntactic Analysis, Indentation Engine Basics
d7bd46ed 3895@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1 3896@section Syntactic Symbols
6bf7aab6
DL
3897@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3898
3a731e1f 3899@cindex syntactic symbols, brief list
6bf7aab6
DL
3900@vindex c-offsets-alist
3901@vindex offsets-alist (c-)
116e44a1
AM
3902This section is a complete list of the syntactic symbols which appear
3903in the @code{c-offsets-alist} style variable, along with brief
3904descriptions. The previous section (@pxref{Syntactic Analysis})
3905states what syntactic symbols are and how the indentation engine uses
3906them.
3907
3908More detailed descriptions of these symbols, together with snippets of
3909source code to which they apply, appear in the examples in the
3910subsections below. Note that, in the interests of brevity, the anchor
3911position associated with most syntactic symbols is @emph{not}
3912specified. In cases of doubt, type @kbd{C-c C-s} on a pertinent
3913line---this highlights the anchor position.
3914
3915@ssindex -open symbols
3916@ssindex -close symbols
3917@ssindex -block-intro symbols
3918The syntactic symbols which indicate brace constructs follow a general
3919naming convention. When a line begins with an open or close brace,
3920its syntactic symbol will contain the suffix @code{-open} or
3921@code{-close} respectively. The first line within the brace block
3922construct will contain the suffix @code{-block-intro}.
3923
3924@ssindex -intro symbols
3925@ssindex -cont symbols
3926In constructs which can span several lines, a distinction is usually
3927made between the first line that introduces the construct and the
3928lines that continue it. The syntactic symbols that indicate these
3929lines will contain the suffixes @code{-intro} or @code{-cont}
3930respectively.
3931
3932The best way to understand how all this works is by looking at some
3933examples. Remember that you can see the syntax of any source code
3934line by using @kbd{C-c C-s}.
6bf7aab6 3935
d7bd46ed
GM
3936@table @code
3937@item string
116e44a1 3938Inside a multiline string. @ref{Literal Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3939@item c
116e44a1 3940Inside a multiline C style block comment. @ref{Literal Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3941@item defun-open
116e44a1
AM
3942Brace that opens a top-level function definition. @ref{Function
3943Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3944@item defun-close
116e44a1
AM
3945Brace that closes a top-level function definition. @ref{Function
3946Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3947@item defun-block-intro
116e44a1 3948The first line in a top-level defun. @ref{Function Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3949@item class-open
116e44a1 3950Brace that opens a class definition. @ref{Class Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3951@item class-close
116e44a1 3952Brace that closes a class definition. @ref{Class Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3953@item inline-open
116e44a1 3954Brace that opens an in-class inline method. @ref{Class Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3955@item inline-close
116e44a1 3956Brace that closes an in-class inline method. @ref{Class Symbols}.
d7bd46ed
GM
3957@item func-decl-cont
3958The region between a function definition's argument list and the
116e44a1
AM
3959function opening brace (excluding K&R argument declarations). In C,
3960you cannot put anything but whitespace and comments in this region,
3961however in C++ and Java, @code{throws} declarations and other things
3962can appear here. @ref{Literal Symbols}. @c @emph{FIXME!!! Can it not
3963@c go somewhere better?}
d7bd46ed 3964@item knr-argdecl-intro
116e44a1 3965First line of a K&R C argument declaration. @ref{K&R Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3966@item knr-argdecl
116e44a1 3967Subsequent lines in a K&R C argument declaration. @ref{K&R Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3968@item topmost-intro
116e44a1 3969The first line in a ``topmost'' definition. @ref{Function Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3970@item topmost-intro-cont
3a731e1f
MS
3971Topmost definition continuation lines. This is only used in the parts
3972that aren't covered by other symbols such as @code{func-decl-cont} and
116e44a1 3973@code{knr-argdecl}. @ref{Function Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3974@item member-init-intro
116e44a1 3975First line in a member initialization list. @ref{Class Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3976@item member-init-cont
116e44a1 3977Subsequent member initialization list lines. @ref{Class Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3978@item inher-intro
116e44a1 3979First line of a multiple inheritance list. @ref{Class Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3980@item inher-cont
116e44a1 3981Subsequent multiple inheritance lines. @ref{Class Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3982@item block-open
116e44a1 3983Statement block open brace. @ref{Literal Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3984@item block-close
116e44a1 3985Statement block close brace. @ref{Conditional Construct Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3986@item brace-list-open
116e44a1 3987Open brace of an enum or static array list. @ref{Brace List Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3988@item brace-list-close
116e44a1 3989Close brace of an enum or static array list. @ref{Brace List Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3990@item brace-list-intro
116e44a1 3991First line in an enum or static array list. @ref{Brace List Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3992@item brace-list-entry
116e44a1
AM
3993Subsequent lines in an enum or static array list. @ref{Brace List
3994Symbols}.
d7bd46ed
GM
3995@item brace-entry-open
3996Subsequent lines in an enum or static array list where the line begins
116e44a1 3997with an open brace. @ref{Brace List Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 3998@item statement
116e44a1 3999A statement. @ref{Function Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4000@item statement-cont
116e44a1 4001A continuation of a statement. @ref{Function Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4002@item statement-block-intro
116e44a1
AM
4003The first line in a new statement block. @ref{Conditional Construct
4004Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4005@item statement-case-intro
116e44a1 4006The first line in a case block. @ref{Switch Statement Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4007@item statement-case-open
116e44a1
AM
4008The first line in a case block that starts with a brace. @ref{Switch
4009Statement Symbols}.
d7bd46ed
GM
4010@item substatement
4011The first line after a conditional or loop construct.
116e44a1 4012@ref{Conditional Construct Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4013@item substatement-open
116e44a1
AM
4014The brace that opens a substatement block. @ref{Conditional Construct
4015Symbols}.
3a731e1f
MS
4016@item substatement-label
4017The first line after a conditional or loop construct if it's a label.
116e44a1 4018@ref{Conditional Construct Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4019@item case-label
116e44a1 4020A label in a @code{switch} block. @ref{Switch Statement Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4021@item access-label
116e44a1 4022C++ access control label. @ref{Class Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4023@item label
116e44a1 4024Any other label. @ref{Literal Symbols}.
d7bd46ed
GM
4025@item do-while-closure
4026The @code{while} line that ends a @code{do}-@code{while} construct.
116e44a1 4027@ref{Conditional Construct Symbols}.
d7bd46ed
GM
4028@item else-clause
4029The @code{else} line of an @code{if}-@code{else} construct.
116e44a1 4030@ref{Conditional Construct Symbols}.
d7bd46ed
GM
4031@item catch-clause
4032The @code{catch} or @code{finally} (in Java) line of a
116e44a1
AM
4033@code{try}-@code{catch} construct. @ref{Conditional Construct
4034Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4035@item comment-intro
116e44a1 4036A line containing only a comment introduction. @ref{Literal Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4037@item arglist-intro
116e44a1 4038The first line in an argument list. @ref{Paren List Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4039@item arglist-cont
116e44a1
AM
4040Subsequent argument list lines when no arguments follow on the same
4041line as the arglist opening paren. @ref{Paren List Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4042@item arglist-cont-nonempty
116e44a1
AM
4043Subsequent argument list lines when at least one argument follows on
4044the same line as the arglist opening paren. @ref{Paren List Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4045@item arglist-close
116e44a1 4046The solo close paren of an argument list. @ref{Paren List Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4047@item stream-op
116e44a1
AM
4048Lines continuing a stream operator (C++ only). @ref{Literal
4049Symbols}. @c @emph{FIXME!!! Can this not be moved somewhere better?}
d7bd46ed 4050@item inclass
116e44a1 4051The line is nested inside a class definition. @ref{Class Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4052@item cpp-macro
116e44a1 4053The start of a preprocessor macro definition. @ref{Literal Symbols}.
3a731e1f 4054@item cpp-define-intro
4dc5fe62 4055The first line inside a multiline preprocessor macro if
116e44a1
AM
4056@code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} is set. @ref{Multiline Macro
4057Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4058@item cpp-macro-cont
3a731e1f
MS
4059All lines inside multiline preprocessor macros if
4060@code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} is @code{nil}.
116e44a1 4061@ref{Multiline Macro Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4062@item friend
116e44a1 4063A C++ friend declaration. @ref{Class Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4064@item objc-method-intro
116e44a1
AM
4065The first line of an Objective-C method definition. @ref{Objective-C
4066Method Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4067@item objc-method-args-cont
116e44a1
AM
4068Lines continuing an Objective-C method definition. @ref{Objective-C
4069Method Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4070@item objc-method-call-cont
116e44a1
AM
4071Lines continuing an Objective-C method call. @ref{Objective-C Method
4072Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4073@item extern-lang-open
116e44a1
AM
4074Brace that opens an @code{extern} block (e.g. @code{extern "C"
4075@{...@}}). @ref{External Scope Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4076@item extern-lang-close
116e44a1
AM
4077Brace that closes an @code{extern} block. @ref{External Scope
4078Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4079@item inextern-lang
3a731e1f 4080Analogous to @code{inclass} syntactic symbol, but used inside
116e44a1 4081@code{extern} blocks. @ref{External Scope Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4082@item namespace-open
3a731e1f
MS
4083@itemx namespace-close
4084@itemx innamespace
4085These are analogous to the three @code{extern-lang} symbols above, but
116e44a1 4086are returned for C++ namespace blocks. @ref{External Scope Symbols}.
3a731e1f
MS
4087@item module-open
4088@itemx module-close
4089@itemx inmodule
4090Analogous to the above, but for CORBA IDL @code{module} blocks.
116e44a1 4091@ref{External Scope Symbols}.
3a731e1f
MS
4092@item composition-open
4093@itemx composition-close
4094@itemx incomposition
4095Analogous to the above, but for CORBA CIDL @code{composition} blocks.
116e44a1 4096@ref{External Scope Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4097@item template-args-cont
116e44a1 4098C++ template argument list continuations. @ref{Class Symbols}.
d7bd46ed
GM
4099@item inlambda
4100Analogous to @code{inclass} syntactic symbol, but used inside lambda
116e44a1
AM
4101(i.e. anonymous) functions. Only used in Pike mode. @ref{Statement
4102Block Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4103@item lambda-intro-cont
116e44a1 4104Lines continuing the header of a lambda function, i.e. between the
d7bd46ed 4105@code{lambda} keyword and the function body. Only used in Pike mode.
116e44a1 4106@ref{Statement Block Symbols}.
d7bd46ed 4107@item inexpr-statement
116e44a1
AM
4108A statement block inside an expression. The gcc C and C++ extension
4109for this is recognized. It's also used for the special functions that
4110take a statement block as an argument in Pike. @ref{Statement Block
4111Symbols}.
d7bd46ed
GM
4112@item inexpr-class
4113A class definition inside an expression. This is used for anonymous
4114classes in Java. It's also used for anonymous array initializers in
116e44a1 4115Java. @ref{Anonymous Class Symbol}.
d7bd46ed 4116@end table
6bf7aab6 4117
116e44a1
AM
4118@menu
4119* Function Symbols::
4120* Class Symbols::
4121* Conditional Construct Symbols::
4122* Switch Statement Symbols::
4123* Brace List Symbols::
4124* External Scope Symbols::
4125* Paren List Symbols::
4126* Literal Symbols::
4127* Multiline Macro Symbols::
4128* Objective-C Method Symbols::
4129* Anonymous Class Symbol::
4130* Statement Block Symbols::
4131* K&R Symbols::
4132@end menu
6bf7aab6 4133
116e44a1
AM
4134@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4135@node Function Symbols, Class Symbols, Syntactic Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
4136@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4137@subsection Function Symbols
4138@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6bf7aab6 4139
116e44a1 4140This example shows a typical function declaration.
6bf7aab6 4141
3a731e1f
MS
4142@example
4143 1: void
4144 2: swap( int& a, int& b )
4145 3: @{
4146 4: int tmp = a;
4147 5: a = b;
4148 6: b = tmp;
4149 7: int ignored =
4150 8: a + b;
4151 9: @}
6bf7aab6
DL
4152@end example
4153
3a731e1f
MS
4154@ssindex topmost-intro
4155@ssindex topmost-intro-cont
4156@ssindex defun-open
4157@ssindex defun-close
4158@ssindex defun-block-intro
6bf7aab6
DL
4159Line 1 shows a @code{topmost-intro} since it is the first line that
4160introduces a top-level construct. Line 2 is a continuation of the
4161top-level construct introduction so it has the syntax
4162@code{topmost-intro-cont}. Line 3 shows a @code{defun-open} since it is
d7bd46ed
GM
4163the brace that opens a top-level function definition. Line 9 is the
4164corresponding
6bf7aab6 4165@code{defun-close} since it contains the brace that closes the top-level
116e44a1 4166function definition. Line 4 is a @code{defun-block-intro}, i.e. it is
6bf7aab6
DL
4167the first line of a brace-block, enclosed in a
4168top-level function definition.
4169
3a731e1f
MS
4170@ssindex statement
4171@ssindex statement-cont
6bf7aab6
DL
4172Lines 5, 6, and 7 are all given @code{statement} syntax since there
4173isn't much special about them. Note however that line 8 is given
4174@code{statement-cont} syntax since it continues the statement begun
4175on the previous line.
4176
116e44a1
AM
4177@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4178@node Class Symbols, Conditional Construct Symbols, Function Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
4179@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4180@subsection Class related Symbols
4181@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4182
4183Here's an example which illustrates some C++ class syntactic symbols:
6bf7aab6 4184
3a731e1f
MS
4185@example
4186 1: class Bass
4187 2: : public Guitar,
4188 3: public Amplifiable
4189 4: @{
4190 5: public:
4191 6: Bass()
4192 7: : eString( new BassString( 0.105 )),
4193 8: aString( new BassString( 0.085 )),
4194 9: dString( new BassString( 0.065 )),
419510: gString( new BassString( 0.045 ))
419611: @{
419712: eString.tune( 'E' );
419813: aString.tune( 'A' );
419914: dString.tune( 'D' );
420015: gString.tune( 'G' );
420116: @}
420217: friend class Luthier;
420318: @};
6bf7aab6
DL
4204@end example
4205
3a731e1f
MS
4206@ssindex class-open
4207@ssindex class-close
6bf7aab6
DL
4208As in the previous example, line 1 has the @code{topmost-intro} syntax.
4209Here however, the brace that opens a C++ class definition on line 4 is
4210assigned the @code{class-open} syntax. Note that in C++, classes,
4211structs, and unions are essentially equivalent syntactically (and are
4212very similar semantically), so replacing the @code{class} keyword in the
4213example above with @code{struct} or @code{union} would still result in a
4214syntax of @code{class-open} for line 4 @footnote{This is the case even
4215for C and Objective-C. For consistency, structs in all supported
4216languages are syntactically equivalent to classes. Note however that
4217the keyword @code{class} is meaningless in C and Objective-C.}.
4218Similarly, line 18 is assigned @code{class-close} syntax.
4219
3a731e1f
MS
4220@ssindex inher-intro
4221@ssindex inher-cont
6bf7aab6
DL
4222Line 2 introduces the inheritance list for the class so it is assigned
4223the @code{inher-intro} syntax, and line 3, which continues the
4224inheritance list is given @code{inher-cont} syntax.
4225
3a731e1f
MS
4226@ssindex access-label
4227@ssindex inclass
6bf7aab6
DL
4228Hitting @kbd{C-c C-s} on line 5 shows the following analysis:
4229
4230@example
3a731e1f 4231((inclass 58) (access-label 58))
6bf7aab6
DL
4232@end example
4233
4234@noindent
4235The primary syntactic symbol for this line is @code{access-label} as
4236this a label keyword that specifies access protection in C++. However,
4237because this line is also a top-level construct inside a class
4238definition, the analysis actually shows two syntactic symbols. The
4239other syntactic symbol assigned to this line is @code{inclass}.
4240Similarly, line 6 is given both @code{inclass} and @code{topmost-intro}
4241syntax:
4242
4243@example
3a731e1f 4244((inclass 58) (topmost-intro 60))
6bf7aab6
DL
4245@end example
4246
3a731e1f
MS
4247@ssindex member-init-intro
4248@ssindex member-init-cont
6bf7aab6
DL
4249Line 7 introduces a C++ member initialization list and as such is given
4250@code{member-init-intro} syntax. Note that in this case it is
4251@emph{not} assigned @code{inclass} since this is not considered a
4252top-level construct. Lines 8 through 10 are all assigned
4253@code{member-init-cont} since they continue the member initialization
4254list started on line 7.
4255
4256@cindex in-class inline methods
3a731e1f
MS
4257@ssindex inline-open
4258@ssindex inline-close
6bf7aab6
DL
4259Line 11's analysis is a bit more complicated:
4260
4261@example
3a731e1f 4262((inclass 58) (inline-open))
6bf7aab6
DL
4263@end example
4264
4265This line is assigned a syntax of both @code{inline-open} and
4266@code{inclass} because it opens an @dfn{in-class} C++ inline method
4267definition. This is distinct from, but related to, the C++ notion of an
4268inline function in that its definition occurs inside an enclosing class
4269definition, which in C++ implies that the function should be inlined.
3a731e1f 4270However, if the definition of the @code{Bass} constructor appeared
6bf7aab6
DL
4271outside the class definition, the construct would be given the
4272@code{defun-open} syntax, even if the keyword @code{inline} appeared
4273before the method name, as in:
6bf7aab6 4274
3a731e1f
MS
4275@example
4276 1: class Bass
4277 2: : public Guitar,
4278 3: public Amplifiable
4279 4: @{
4280 5: public:
4281 6: Bass();
4282 7: @};
4283 8:
4284 9: inline
428510: Bass::Bass()
428611: : eString( new BassString( 0.105 )),
428712: aString( new BassString( 0.085 )),
428813: dString( new BassString( 0.065 )),
428914: gString( new BassString( 0.045 ))
429015: @{
429116: eString.tune( 'E' );
429217: aString.tune( 'A' );
429318: dString.tune( 'D' );
429419: gString.tune( 'G' );
429520: @}
6bf7aab6
DL
4296@end example
4297
3a731e1f 4298@ssindex friend
6bf7aab6
DL
4299Returning to the previous example, line 16 is given @code{inline-close}
4300syntax, while line 12 is given @code{defun-block-open} syntax, and lines
430113 through 15 are all given @code{statement} syntax. Line 17 is
4302interesting in that its syntactic analysis list contains three
4303elements:
4304
4305@example
3a731e1f 4306((inclass 58) (topmost-intro 380) (friend))
6bf7aab6
DL
4307@end example
4308
116e44a1
AM
4309The @code{friend} and @code{inline-open} syntactic symbols are
4310modifiers that do not have anchor positions.
6bf7aab6 4311
116e44a1 4312@ssindex template-args-cont
6bf7aab6
DL
4313Template definitions introduce yet another syntactic symbol:
4314
4315@example
3a731e1f
MS
4316 1: ThingManager <int,
4317 2: Framework::Callback *,
4318 3: Mutex> framework_callbacks;
6bf7aab6
DL
4319@end example
4320
4321Here, line 1 is analyzed as a @code{topmost-intro}, but lines 2 and 3
4322are both analyzed as @code{template-args-cont} lines.
4323
116e44a1
AM
4324@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4325@node Conditional Construct Symbols, Switch Statement Symbols, Class Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
4326@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4327@subsection Conditional Construct Symbols
4328@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4329
4330Here is a (totally contrived) example which illustrates how syntax is
4331assigned to various conditional constructs:
6bf7aab6 4332
3a731e1f
MS
4333@example
4334 1: void spam( int index )
4335 2: @{
4336 3: for( int i=0; i<index; i++ )
4337 4: @{
4338 5: if( i == 10 )
4339 6: do_something_special();
4340 7: else
4341 8: silly_label:
4342 9: do_something( i );
434310: @}
434411: do @{
434512: another_thing( i-- );
434613: @}
434714: while( i > 0 );
434815: @}
6bf7aab6
DL
4349@end example
4350
6bf7aab6
DL
4351Only the lines that illustrate new syntactic symbols will be discussed.
4352
3a731e1f 4353@ssindex substatement-open
116e44a1 4354@ssindex statement-block-intro
3a731e1f 4355@ssindex block-close
6bf7aab6
DL
4356Line 4 has a brace which opens a conditional's substatement block. It
4357is thus assigned @code{substatement-open} syntax, and since line 5 is
4358the first line in the substatement block, it is assigned
116e44a1
AM
4359@code{statement-block-intro} syntax. Line 10 contains the brace
4360that closes the inner substatement block, and is therefore given the
4361syntax @code{block-close}@footnote{@code{block-open} is used only for
4362``free-standing'' blocks, and is somewhat rare (@pxref{Literal
4363Symbols} for an example.)}. Line 13 is treated the same way.
3a731e1f
MS
4364
4365@ssindex substatement
4366Lines 6 and 9 are also substatements of conditionals, but since they
4367don't start blocks they are given @code{substatement} syntax
4368instead of @code{substatement-open}.
4369
4370@ssindex substatement-label
4371Line 8 contains a label, which is normally given @code{label} syntax.
4372This one is however a bit special since it's between a conditional and
4373its substatement. It's analyzed as @code{substatement-label} to let you
4374handle this rather odd case differently from normal labels.
4375
4376@ssindex else-clause
4377@ssindex catch-clause
4378Line 7 start with an @code{else} that matches the @code{if} statement on
4379line 5. It is therefore given the @code{else-clause} syntax and is
4380anchored on the matching @code{if}. The @code{try}-@code{catch}
4381constructs in C++ and Java are treated this way too, except that
4382@code{catch} and (in Java) @code{finally}, are marked with
4383@code{catch-clause}.
4384
4385@ssindex do-while-closure
4386The @code{while} construct on line 14 that closes a @code{do}
4387conditional is given the special syntax @code{do-while-closure} if it
4388appears on a line by itself. Note that if the @code{while} appeared on
4389the same line as the preceding close brace, that line would still have
4390@code{block-close} syntax.
6bf7aab6 4391
116e44a1
AM
4392@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4393@node Switch Statement Symbols, Brace List Symbols, Conditional Construct Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
4394@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4395@subsection Switch Statement Symbols
4396@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4397
6bf7aab6
DL
4398Switch statements have their own set of syntactic symbols. Here's an
4399example:
6bf7aab6 4400
3a731e1f
MS
4401@example
4402 1: void spam( enum Ingredient i )
4403 2: @{
4404 3: switch( i ) @{
4405 4: case Ham:
4406 5: be_a_pig();
4407 6: break;
4408 7: case Salt:
4409 8: drink_some_water();
4410 9: break;
441110: default:
441211: @{
441312: what_is_it();
441413: break;
441514: @}
441615: @}
441714: @}
6bf7aab6
DL
4418@end example
4419
3a731e1f
MS
4420@ssindex case-label
4421@ssindex statement-case-intro
4422@ssindex statement-case-open
6bf7aab6
DL
4423Here, lines 4, 7, and 10 are all assigned @code{case-label} syntax,
4424while lines 5 and 8 are assigned @code{statement-case-intro}. Line 11
4425is treated slightly differently since it contains a brace that opens a
4426block --- it is given @code{statement-case-open} syntax.
4427
116e44a1
AM
4428@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4429@node Brace List Symbols, External Scope Symbols, Switch Statement Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
4430@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4431@subsection Brace List Symbols
4432@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4433
6bf7aab6
DL
4434@cindex brace lists
4435There are a set of syntactic symbols that are used to recognize
4436constructs inside of brace lists. A brace list is defined as an
4437@code{enum} or aggregate initializer list, such as might statically
d7bd46ed
GM
4438initialize an array of structs. The three special aggregate constructs
4439in Pike, @code{(@{ @})}, @code{([ ])} and @code{(< >)}, are treated as
4440brace lists too. An example:
6bf7aab6 4441
3a731e1f
MS
4442@example
4443 1: static char* ingredients[] =
4444 2: @{
4445 3: "Ham",
4446 4: "Salt",
4447 5: NULL
4448 6: @};
6bf7aab6
DL
4449@end example
4450
3a731e1f
MS
4451@ssindex brace-list-open
4452@ssindex brace-list-intro
4453@ssindex brace-list-close
4454@ssindex brace-list-entry
6bf7aab6
DL
4455Following convention, line 2 in this example is assigned
4456@code{brace-list-open} syntax, and line 3 is assigned
4457@code{brace-list-intro} syntax. Likewise, line 6 is assigned
4458@code{brace-list-close} syntax. Lines 4 and 5 however, are assigned
4459@code{brace-list-entry} syntax, as would all subsequent lines in this
4460initializer list.
4461
3a731e1f 4462@ssindex brace-entry-open
d7bd46ed
GM
4463Your static initializer might be initializing nested structures, for
4464example:
d7bd46ed 4465
3a731e1f
MS
4466@example
4467 1: struct intpairs[] =
4468 2: @{
4469 3: @{ 1, 2 @},
4470 4: @{
4471 5: 3,
4472 6: 4
4473 7: @}
4474 8: @{ 1,
4475 9: 2 @},
447610: @{ 3, 4 @}
447711: @};
d7bd46ed
GM
4478@end example
4479
4480Here, you've already seen the analysis of lines 1, 2, 3, and 11. On
4481line 4, things get interesting; this line is assigned
4482@code{brace-entry-open} syntactic symbol because it's a bracelist entry
4483line that starts with an open brace. Lines 5 and 6 (and line 9) are
4484pretty standard, and line 7 is a @code{brace-list-close} as you'd
4485expect. Once again, line 8 is assigned as @code{brace-entry-open} as is
4486line 10.
4487
116e44a1
AM
4488@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4489@node External Scope Symbols, Paren List Symbols, Brace List Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
4490@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4491@subsection External Scope Symbols
4492@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4493
6bf7aab6
DL
4494External language definition blocks also have their own syntactic
4495symbols. In this example:
6bf7aab6 4496
3a731e1f
MS
4497@example
4498 1: extern "C"
4499 2: @{
4500 3: int thing_one( int );
4501 4: int thing_two( double );
4502 5: @}
6bf7aab6
DL
4503@end example
4504
3a731e1f
MS
4505@ssindex extern-lang-open
4506@ssindex extern-lang-close
4507@ssindex inextern-lang
4508@ssindex inclass
6bf7aab6
DL
4509@noindent
4510line 2 is given the @code{extern-lang-open} syntax, while line 5 is given
4511the @code{extern-lang-close} syntax. The analysis for line 3 yields:
6bf7aab6 4512
6bf7aab6 4513@example
3a731e1f 4514((inextern-lang) (topmost-intro 14))
6bf7aab6
DL
4515@end example
4516
6bf7aab6 4517@noindent
3a731e1f
MS
4518where @code{inextern-lang} is a modifier similar in purpose to
4519@code{inclass}.
4520
4521There are various other top level blocks like @code{extern}, and they
4522are all treated in the same way except that the symbols are named after
116e44a1 4523the keyword that introduces the block. E.g. C++ namespace blocks get
3a731e1f
MS
4524the three symbols @code{namespace-open}, @code{namespace-close} and
4525@code{innamespace}. The currently recognized top level blocks are:
4526
4527@table @asis
4528@item @code{extern-lang-open}, @code{extern-lang-close}, @code{inextern-lang}
4529@code{extern} blocks in C and C++.@footnote{These should logically be
4530named @code{extern-open}, @code{extern-close} and @code{inextern}, but
4531that isn't the case for historical reasons.}
4532
4533@item @code{namespace-open}, @code{namespace-close}, @code{innamespace}
4534@ssindex namespace-open
4535@ssindex namespace-close
4536@ssindex innamespace
4537@code{namespace} blocks in C++.
4538
4539@item @code{module-open}, @code{module-close}, @code{inmodule}
4540@ssindex module-open
4541@ssindex module-close
4542@ssindex inmodule
4543@code{module} blocks in CORBA IDL.
4544
4545@item @code{composition-open}, @code{composition-close}, @code{incomposition}
4546@ssindex composition-open
4547@ssindex composition-close
4548@ssindex incomposition
4549@code{composition} blocks in CORBA CIDL.
4550@end table
6bf7aab6 4551
116e44a1
AM
4552@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4553@node Paren List Symbols, Literal Symbols, External Scope Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
4554@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4555@subsection Parenthesis (Argument) List Symbols
4556@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4557
6bf7aab6
DL
4558A number of syntactic symbols are associated with parenthesis lists,
4559a.k.a argument lists, as found in function declarations and function
4560calls. This example illustrates these:
6bf7aab6 4561
3a731e1f
MS
4562@example
4563 1: void a_function( int line1,
4564 2: int line2 );
bf247b6e 4565 3:
3a731e1f
MS
4566 4: void a_longer_function(
4567 5: int line1,
4568 6: int line2
4569 7: );
bf247b6e 4570 8:
3a731e1f
MS
4571 9: void call_them( int line1, int line2 )
457210: @{
457311: a_function(
457412: line1,
457513: line2
457614: );
bf247b6e 457715:
3a731e1f
MS
457816: a_longer_function( line1,
457917: line2 );
458018: @}
6bf7aab6
DL
4581@end example
4582
3a731e1f
MS
4583@ssindex arglist-intro
4584@ssindex arglist-close
6bf7aab6
DL
4585Lines 5 and 12 are assigned @code{arglist-intro} syntax since they are
4586the first line following the open parenthesis, and lines 7 and 14 are
4587assigned @code{arglist-close} syntax since they contain the parenthesis
4588that closes the argument list.
4589
3a731e1f
MS
4590@ssindex arglist-cont-nonempty
4591@ssindex arglist-cont
6bf7aab6
DL
4592Lines that continue argument lists can be assigned one of two syntactic
4593symbols. For example, Lines 2 and 17
4594are assigned @code{arglist-cont-nonempty} syntax. What this means
4595is that they continue an argument list, but that the line containing the
4596parenthesis that opens the list is @emph{not empty} following the open
4597parenthesis. Contrast this against lines 6 and 13 which are assigned
4598@code{arglist-cont} syntax. This is because the parenthesis that opens
4599their argument lists is the last character on that line.
4600
116e44a1
AM
4601Syntactic elements with @code{arglist-intro},
4602@code{arglist-cont-nonempty}, and @code{arglist-close} contain two
4603buffer positions: the anchor position (the beginning of the
4604declaration or statement) and the position of the open parenthesis.
4605The latter position can be used in a line-up function (@pxref{Line-Up
4606Functions}).
4607
6bf7aab6
DL
4608Note that there is no @code{arglist-open} syntax. This is because any
4609parenthesis that opens an argument list, appearing on a separate line,
4610is assigned the @code{statement-cont} syntax instead.
4611
116e44a1
AM
4612@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4613@node Literal Symbols, Multiline Macro Symbols, Paren List Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
4614@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4615@subsection Comment String Label and Macro Symbols
4616@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4617
6bf7aab6
DL
4618A few miscellaneous syntactic symbols that haven't been previously
4619covered are illustrated by this C++ example:
6bf7aab6 4620
3a731e1f
MS
4621@example
4622 1: void Bass::play( int volume )
4623 2: const
4624 3: @{
4625 4: /* this line starts a multiline
4626 5: * comment. This line should get `c' syntax */
bf247b6e 4627 6:
3a731e1f
MS
4628 7: char* a_multiline_string = "This line starts a multiline \
4629 8: string. This line should get `string' syntax.";
bf247b6e 4630 9:
3a731e1f
MS
463110: note:
463211: @{
463312: #ifdef LOCK
463413: Lock acquire();
463514: #endif // LOCK
463615: slap_pop();
463716: cout << "I played "
463817: << "a note\n";
463918: @}
464019: @}
6bf7aab6
DL
4641@end example
4642
6bf7aab6
DL
4643The lines to note in this example include:
4644
4645@itemize @bullet
6bf7aab6 4646@item
3a731e1f 4647@ssindex func-decl-cont
f214c025 4648Line 2 is assigned the @code{func-decl-cont} syntax.
6bf7aab6 4649
6bf7aab6 4650@item
3a731e1f 4651@ssindex comment-intro
f214c025 4652Line 4 is assigned both @code{defun-block-intro} @emph{and}
116e44a1
AM
4653@code{comment-intro} syntax. A syntactic element with
4654@code{comment-intro} has no anchor point --- It is always accompanied
4655by another syntactic element which does have one.
6bf7aab6 4656
6bf7aab6 4657@item
3a731e1f 4658@ssindex c
f214c025 4659Line 5 is assigned @code{c} syntax.
6bf7aab6
DL
4660
4661@item
4662@cindex syntactic whitespace
f214c025 4663Line 6 which, even though it contains nothing but whitespace, is
6bf7aab6
DL
4664assigned @code{defun-block-intro}. Note that the appearance of the
4665comment on lines 4 and 5 do not cause line 6 to be assigned
4666@code{statement} syntax because comments are considered to be
4667@dfn{syntactic whitespace}, which are ignored when analyzing
f214c025 4668code.
6bf7aab6 4669
6bf7aab6 4670@item
3a731e1f 4671@ssindex string
f214c025 4672Line 8 is assigned @code{string} syntax.
6bf7aab6 4673
6bf7aab6 4674@item
3a731e1f 4675@ssindex label
f214c025 4676Line 10 is assigned @code{label} syntax.
6bf7aab6 4677
6bf7aab6 4678@item
3a731e1f 4679@ssindex block-open
116e44a1
AM
4680Line 11 is assigned @code{block-open} as well as @code{statement}
4681syntax. A @code{block-open} syntactic element doesn't have an anchor
4682position, since it always appears with another syntactic element which
4683does have one.
6bf7aab6 4684
6bf7aab6 4685@item
3a731e1f 4686@ssindex cpp-macro
f214c025
GM
4687Lines 12 and 14 are assigned @code{cpp-macro} syntax in addition to the
4688normal syntactic symbols (@code{statement-block-intro} and
4689@code{statement}, respectively). Normally @code{cpp-macro} is
4690configured to cancel out the normal syntactic context to make all
4691preprocessor directives stick to the first column, but that's easily
4692changed if you want preprocessor directives to be indented like the rest
116e44a1
AM
4693of the code. Like @code{comment-intro}, a syntactic element with
4694@code{cpp-macro} doesn't contain an anchor position.
6bf7aab6 4695
6bf7aab6 4696@item
3a731e1f 4697@ssindex stream-op
f214c025 4698Line 17 is assigned @code{stream-op} syntax.
6bf7aab6
DL
4699@end itemize
4700
116e44a1
AM
4701@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4702@node Multiline Macro Symbols, Objective-C Method Symbols, Literal Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
4703@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4704@subsection Multiline Macro Symbols
4705@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4706
3a731e1f 4707@cindex multiline macros
6bf7aab6 4708@cindex syntactic whitespace
3a731e1f 4709@ssindex cpp-define-intro
116e44a1 4710@ssindex cpp-macro-cont
3a731e1f 4711Multiline preprocessor macro definitions are normally handled just like
116e44a1 4712other code, i.e. the lines inside them are indented according to the
3a731e1f 4713syntactic analysis of the preceding lines inside the macro. The first
116e44a1 4714line inside a macro definition (i.e. the line after the starting line of
3a731e1f 4715the cpp directive itself) gets @code{cpp-define-intro}. In this example:
6bf7aab6 4716
3a731e1f
MS
4717@example
4718 1: #define LIST_LOOP(cons, listp) \
4719 2: for (cons = listp; !NILP (cons); cons = XCDR (cons)) \
4720 3: if (!CONSP (cons)) \
4721 4: signal_error ("Invalid list format", listp); \
4722 5: else
6bf7aab6 4723@end example
3a731e1f 4724
6bf7aab6 4725@noindent
3a731e1f
MS
4726line 1 is given the syntactic symbol @code{cpp-macro}. The first line
4727of a cpp directive is always given that symbol. Line 2 is given
4728@code{cpp-define-intro}, so that you can give the macro body as a whole
4729some extra indentation. Lines 3 through 5 are then analyzed as normal
116e44a1 4730code, i.e. @code{substatement} on lines 3 and 4, and @code{else-clause}
3a731e1f
MS
4731on line 5.
4732
4733The syntactic analysis inside macros can be turned off with
116e44a1
AM
4734@code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} (@pxref{Custom Macros}). In
4735that case, lines 2 through 5 would all be given @code{cpp-macro-cont}
4736with an anchor position pointing to the @code{#} which starts the cpp
3a731e1f
MS
4737directive@footnote{This is how @ccmode{} 5.28 and earlier analyzed
4738macros.}.
4739
116e44a1
AM
4740@xref{Custom Macros}, for more info about the treatment of macros.
4741
4742@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4743@node Objective-C Method Symbols, Anonymous Class Symbol, Multiline Macro Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
4744@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4745@subsection Objective-C Method Symbols
4746@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6bf7aab6
DL
4747
4748In Objective-C buffers, there are three additional syntactic symbols
4749assigned to various message calling constructs. Here's an example
4750illustrating these:
6bf7aab6 4751
3a731e1f
MS
4752@example
4753 1: - (void)setDelegate:anObject
4754 2: withStuff:stuff
4755 3: @{
4756 4: [delegate masterWillRebind:self
4757 5: toDelegate:anObject
4758 6: withExtraStuff:stuff];
4759 7: @}
6bf7aab6
DL
4760@end example
4761
3a731e1f
MS
4762@ssindex objc-method-intro
4763@ssindex objc-method-args-cont
4764@ssindex objc-method-call-cont
6bf7aab6
DL
4765Here, line 1 is assigned @code{objc-method-intro} syntax, and line 2 is
4766assigned @code{objc-method-args-cont} syntax. Lines 5 and 6 are both
4767assigned @code{objc-method-call-cont} syntax.
4768
116e44a1
AM
4769@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4770@node Anonymous Class Symbol, Statement Block Symbols, Objective-C Method Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
4771@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4772@subsection Anonymous Class Symbol (Java)
4773@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4774
4775Java has a concept of anonymous classes which can look something like
d7bd46ed 4776this:
d7bd46ed 4777
3a731e1f
MS
4778@example
4779 1: public void watch(Observable o) @{
4780 2: o.addObserver(new Observer() @{
4781 3: public void update(Observable o, Object arg) @{
4782 4: history.addElement(arg);
4783 5: @}
4784 6: @});
4785 7: @}
d7bd46ed
GM
4786@end example
4787
3a731e1f 4788@ssindex inexpr-class
d7bd46ed
GM
4789The brace following the @code{new} operator opens the anonymous class.
4790Lines 3 and 6 are assigned the @code{inexpr-class} syntax, besides the
4791@code{inclass} symbol used in normal classes. Thus, the class will be
4792indented just like a normal class, with the added indentation given to
116e44a1
AM
4793@code{inexpr-class}. An @code{inexpr-class} syntactic element doesn't
4794have an anchor position.
4795
4796@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4797@node Statement Block Symbols, K&R Symbols, Anonymous Class Symbol, Syntactic Symbols
4798@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4799@subsection Statement Block Symbols
4800@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
d7bd46ed 4801
116e44a1
AM
4802There are a few occasions where a statement block might be used inside
4803an expression. One is in C or C++ code using the gcc extension for
4804this, e.g:
d7bd46ed 4805
3a731e1f
MS
4806@example
4807 1: int res = (@{
4808 2: int y = foo (); int z;
4809 3: if (y > 0) z = y; else z = - y;
4810 4: z;
4811 5: @});
d7bd46ed
GM
4812@end example
4813
3a731e1f 4814@ssindex inexpr-statement
d7bd46ed
GM
4815Lines 2 and 5 get the @code{inexpr-statement} syntax, besides the
4816symbols they'd get in a normal block. Therefore, the indentation put on
4817@code{inexpr-statement} is added to the normal statement block
116e44a1
AM
4818indentation. An @code{inexpr-statement} syntactic element doesn't
4819contain an anchor position.
d7bd46ed
GM
4820
4821In Pike code, there are a few other situations where blocks occur inside
4822statements, as illustrated here:
d7bd46ed 4823
3a731e1f
MS
4824@example
4825 1: array itgob()
4826 2: @{
4827 3: string s = map (backtrace()[-2][3..],
4828 4: lambda
4829 5: (mixed arg)
4830 6: @{
4831 7: return sprintf ("%t", arg);
4832 8: @}) * ", " + "\n";
4833 9: return catch @{
483410: write (s + "\n");
483511: @};
483612: @}
d7bd46ed
GM
4837@end example
4838
3a731e1f
MS
4839@ssindex inlambda
4840@ssindex lambda-intro-cont
d7bd46ed
GM
4841Lines 4 through 8 contain a lambda function, which @ccmode{} recognizes
4842by the @code{lambda} keyword. If the function argument list is put
4843on a line of its own, as in line 5, it gets the @code{lambda-intro-cont}
4844syntax. The function body is handled as an inline method body, with the
4845addition of the @code{inlambda} syntactic symbol. This means that line
48466 gets @code{inlambda} and @code{inline-open}, and line 8 gets
4847@code{inline-close}@footnote{You might wonder why it doesn't get
4848@code{inlambda} too. It's because the closing brace is relative to the
4849opening brace, which stands on its own line in this example. If the
4850opening brace was hanging on the previous line, then the closing brace
4851would get the @code{inlambda} syntax too to be indented correctly.}.
4852
3a731e1f 4853@ssindex inexpr-statement
d7bd46ed
GM
4854On line 9, @code{catch} is a special function taking a statement block
4855as its argument. The block is handled as an in-expression statement
4856with the @code{inexpr-statement} syntax, just like the gcc extended C
4857example above. The other similar special function, @code{gauge}, is
4858handled like this too.
4859
116e44a1
AM
4860@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4861@node K&R Symbols, , Statement Block Symbols, Syntactic Symbols
4862@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4863@subsection K&R Symbols
4864@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4865
3a731e1f
MS
4866@ssindex knr-argdecl-intro
4867@ssindex knr-argdecl
6bf7aab6
DL
4868Two other syntactic symbols can appear in old style, non-prototyped C
4869code @footnote{a.k.a. K&R C, or Kernighan & Ritchie C}:
6bf7aab6 4870
3a731e1f
MS
4871@example
4872 1: int add_three_integers(a, b, c)
4873 2: int a;
4874 3: int b;
4875 4: int c;
4876 5: @{
4877 6: return a + b + c;
4878 7: @}
6bf7aab6
DL
4879@end example
4880
116e44a1
AM
4881Here, line 2 is the first line in an argument declaration list and so is
4882given the @code{knr-argdecl-intro} syntactic symbol. Subsequent lines
4883(i.e. lines 3 and 4 in this example), are given @code{knr-argdecl}
4884syntax.
4885
4886
4887@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4888@node Indentation Calculation, , Syntactic Symbols, Indentation Engine Basics
4889@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4890@section Indentation Calculation
4891@cindex indentation
4892@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4893
4894Indentation for a line is calculated from the syntactic context
4895(@pxref{Syntactic Analysis}).
4896
4897First, a buffer position is found whose column will be the base for the
4898indentation calculation. It's the anchor position in the first
4899syntactic element that provides one that is used. If no syntactic
4900element has an anchor position then column zero is used.
4901
4902Second, the syntactic symbols in each syntactic element are looked up
4903in the @code{c-offsets-alist} style variable
4904(@pxref{c-offsets-alist}), which is an association list of syntactic
4905symbols and the offsets to apply for those symbols. These offsets are
4906added together with the base column to produce the new indentation
4907column.
4908
4909Let's use our two code examples above to see how this works. Here is
4910our first example again:
4911
4912@example
4913 1: void swap( int& a, int& b )
4914 2: @{
4915 3: int tmp = a;
4916 4: a = b;
4917 5: b = tmp;
4918 6: @}
4919@end example
4920
ee6c21a7 4921Let's say point is on line 3 and we hit the @key{TAB} key to reindent
116e44a1
AM
4922the line. The syntactic context for that line is:
4923
4924@example
4925((defun-block-intro 29))
4926@end example
4927
4928@noindent
4929Since buffer position 29 is the first and only anchor position in the
4930list, @ccmode{} goes there and asks for the current column. This brace
4931is in column zero, so @ccmode{} uses @samp{0} as the base column.
4932
4933Next, @ccmode{} looks up @code{defun-block-intro} in the
4934@code{c-offsets-alist} style variable. Let's say it finds the value
4935@samp{4}; it adds this to the base column @samp{0}, yielding a running
4936total indentation of 4 spaces.
4937
4938Since there is only one syntactic element on the list for this line,
4939indentation calculation is complete, and the total indentation for the
4940line is 4 spaces.
4941
4942Here's another example:
4943
4944@example
4945 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
4946 2: @{
4947 3: if( doit )
4948 4: @{
4949 5: return( val + incr );
4950 6: @}
4951 7: return( val );
4952 8: @}
4953@end example
4954
4955If we were to hit @kbd{TAB} on line 4 in the above example, the same
4956basic process is performed, despite the differences in the syntactic
4957context. The context for this line is:
4958
4959@example
4960((substatement-open 46))
4961@end example
4962
4963Here, @ccmode{} goes to buffer position 46, which is the @samp{i} in
4964@code{if} on line 3. This character is in the fourth column on that
4965line so the base column is @samp{4}. Then @ccmode{} looks up the
4966@code{substatement-open} symbol in @code{c-offsets-alist}. Let's say it
4967finds the value @samp{4}. It's added with the base column and yields an
4968indentation for the line of 8 spaces.
4969
4970Simple, huh?
4971
4972Actually, it's a bit more complicated than that since the entries on
4973@code{c-offsets-alist} can be much more than plain offsets.
4974@xref{c-offsets-alist}, for the full story.
4975
4976Anyway, the mode usually just does The Right Thing without you having to
4977think about it in this much detail. But when customizing indentation,
4978it's helpful to understand the general indentation model being used.
4979
4980As you configure @ccmode{}, you might want to set the variable
4981@code{c-echo-syntactic-information-p} to non-@code{nil} so that the
4982syntactic context and calculated offset always is echoed in the
4983minibuffer when you hit @kbd{TAB}.
4984
4985
4986@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4987@node Customizing Indentation, Custom Macros, Indentation Engine Basics, Top
4988@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4989@chapter Customizing Indentation
4990@cindex customization, indentation
4991@cindex indentation
4992@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
4993
4994The principal variable for customizing indentation is the style
4995variable @code{c-offsets-alist}, which gives an @dfn{offset} (an
4996indentation rule) for each syntactic symbol. Its structure and
4997semantics are completely described in @ref{c-offsets-alist}. The
4998various ways you can set the variable, including the use of the
4999@ccmode{} style system, are described in @ref{Config Basics} and its
5000sections, in particular @ref{Style Variables}.
5001
5002The simplest and most used kind of ``offset'' setting in
5003@code{c-offsets-alist} is in terms of multiples of
5004@code{c-basic-offset}:
5005
5006@defopt c-basic-offset
5007@vindex basic-offset (c-)
5008This style variable holds the basic offset between indentation levels.
5009It's factory default is 4, but all the built-in styles set it
5010themselves, to some value between 2 (for @code{gnu} style) and 8 (for
5011@code{bsd}, @code{linux}, and @code{python} styles).
5012@end defopt
5013
5014The most flexible ``offset'' setting you can make in
5015@code{c-offsets-alist} is a line-up function (or even a list of them),
5016either one supplied by @ccmode{} (@pxref{Line-Up Functions}) or one
5017you write yourself (@pxref{Custom Line-Up}).
5018
5019Finally, in @ref{Other Indentation} you'll find the tool of last
5020resort: a hook which is called after a line has been indented. You
5021can install functions here to make ad-hoc adjustments to any line's
5022indentation.
5023
5024@menu
5025* c-offsets-alist::
5026* Interactive Customization::
5027* Line-Up Functions::
5028* Custom Line-Up::
5029* Other Indentation::
5030@end menu
5031
5032
5033@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
5034@node c-offsets-alist, Interactive Customization, Customizing Indentation, Customizing Indentation
5035@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5036@section c-offsets-alist
5037@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
5038
5039This section explains the structure and semantics of the style
5040variable @code{c-offset-alist}, the principal variable for configuring
5041indentation. Details of how to set it up, and its relationship to
5042@ccmode{}'s style system are given in @ref{Style Variables}.
5043
5044@defopt c-offsets-alist
5045@vindex offsets-alist (c-)
5046This is an alist which associates an offset with each syntactic
5047symbol. This @dfn{offset} is a rule specifying how to indent a line
5048whose syntactic context matches the symbol. @xref{Syntactic
5049Analysis}.
5050
5051Note that the buffer-local binding of this alist in a @ccmode{} buffer
5052contains an entry for @emph{every} syntactic symbol. Its global
5053binding and its settings within style specifications usually contain
5054only a few entries. @xref{Style Variables}.
5055
5056The offset specification associated with any particular syntactic
5057symbol can be an integer, a variable name, a vector, a function or
5058lambda expression, a list, or one of the following special symbols:
5059@code{+}, @code{-}, @code{++}, @code{--}, @code{*}, or @code{/}. The
5060meanings of these values are described in detail below.
5061
5062Here is an example fragment of a @code{c-offsets-alist}, showing some
5063of these kinds of offsets:
5064
5065@example
5066((statement . 0)
5067 (substatement . +)
5068 (cpp-macro . [0])
5069 (topmost-intro-cont . c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont)
5070 (statement-block-intro . (add c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block
5071 c-indent-multi-line-block))
5072 @dots{}
5073@*)
5074@end example
5075@end defopt
5076
5077@deffn Command c-set-offset (@kbd{C-c C-o})
5078@findex set-offset (c-)
5079@kindex C-c C-o
5080This command changes the entry for a syntactic symbol in the current
5081binding of @code{c-offsets-alist}, or it inserts a new entry if there
5082isn't already one for that syntactic symbol.
5083
5084You can use @code{c-set-offsets} interactively within a @ccmode{}
5085buffer to make experimental changes to your indentation settings.
5086@kbd{C-c C-o} prompts you for the syntactic symbol to change
5087(defaulting to that of the current line) and the new offset
5088(defaulting to the current offset).
5089
5090@code{c-set-offsets} takes two arguments when used programmatically:
5091@var{symbol}, the syntactic element symbol to change and @var{offset},
5092the new offset for that syntactic element. You can call the command
5093in your @file{.emacs} to change the global binding of
5094@code{c-offsets-alist} (@pxref{Style Variables}); you can use it in a
5095hook function to make changes from the current style. @ccmode{}
5096itself uses this function when initializing styles.
5097@end deffn
5098
5099@cindex offset specification
5100The ``offset specifications'' in @code{c-offsets-alist} can be any of
5101the following:
5102
5103@table @asis
5104@item An integer
5105The integer specifies a relative offset. All relative
5106offsets@footnote{The syntactic context @code{@w{((defun-block-intro
51072724) (comment-intro))}} would likely have two relative offsets.} will
5108be added together and used to calculate the indentation relative to an
5109anchor position earlier in the buffer. @xref{Indentation
5110Calculation}, for details. Most of the time, it's probably better to
5111use one of the special symbols like @code{+} than an integer (apart
5112from zero).
5113
5114@item One of the symbols @code{+}, @code{-}, @code{++}, @code{--}, @code{*}, or @code{/}
5115These special symbols describe a relative offset in multiples of
5116@code{c-basic-offset}:
5117
5118By defining a style's indentation in terms of @code{c-basic-offset},
5119you can change the amount of whitespace given to an indentation level
5120while maintaining the same basic shape of your code. Here are the
5121values that the special symbols correspond to:
5122
5123@table @code
5124@item +
5125@code{c-basic-offset} times 1
5126@item -
5127@code{c-basic-offset} times -1
5128@item ++
5129@code{c-basic-offset} times 2
5130@item --
5131@code{c-basic-offset} times -2
5132@item *
5133@code{c-basic-offset} times 0.5
5134@item /
5135@code{c-basic-offset} times -0.5
5136@end table
5137
5138@item A vector
5139The first element of the vector, an integer, sets the absolute
5140indentation column. This will override any previously calculated
5141indentation, but won't override relative indentation calculated from
5142syntactic elements later on in the syntactic context of the line being
5143indented. @xref{Indentation Calculation}. Any elements in the vector
5144beyond the first will be ignored.
5145
5146@item A function or lambda expression
5147The function will be called and its return value will in turn be
5148evaluated as an offset specification. Functions are useful when more
5149context than just the syntactic symbol is needed to get the desired
5150indentation. @xref{Line-Up Functions}, and @ref{Custom Line-Up}, for
5151details about them.
5152
5153@item A symbol with a variable binding
5154If the symbol also has a function binding, the function takes
5155precedence over the variable. Otherwise the value of the variable is
5156used. It must be an integer (which is used as relative offset) or a
5157vector (an absolute offset).
5158
5159@item A list
5160The offset can also be a list containing several offset
5161specifications; these are evaluated recursively and combined. A list
5162is typically only useful when some of the offsets are line-up
5163functions. A common strategy is calling a sequence of functions in
5164turn until one of them recognizes that it is appropriate for the
5165source line and returns a non-@code{nil} value.
5166
5167@code{nil} values are always ignored when the offsets are combined.
5168The first element of the list specifies the method of combining the
5169non-@code{nil} offsets from the remaining elements:
5170
5171@table @code
5172@item first
5173Use the first offset that doesn't evaluate to @code{nil}. Subsequent
5174elements of the list don't get evaluated.
5175@item min
5176Use the minimum of all the offsets. All must be either relative or
5177absolute - they can't be mixed.
5178@item max
5179Use the maximum of all the offsets. All must be either relative or
5180absolute - they can't be mixed.
5181@item add
5182Add all the evaluated offsets together. Exactly one of them may be
5183absolute, in which case the result is absolute. Any relative offsets
5184that preceded the absolute one in the list will be ignored in that case.
5185@end table
5186
5187As a compatibility measure, if the first element is none of the above
5188then it too will be taken as an offset specification and the whole list
5189will be combined according to the method @code{first}.
5190@end table
5191
5192@vindex c-strict-syntax-p
5193@vindex strict-syntax-p (c-)
5194If an offset specification evaluates to @code{nil}, then a relative
5195offset of 0 (zero) is used@footnote{There is however a variable
5196@code{c-strict-syntax-p} that when set to non-@code{nil} will cause an
5197error to be signaled in that case. It's now considered obsolete since
cdae7c3a 5198it doesn't work well with some of the alignment functions that return
116e44a1
AM
5199@code{nil} instead of zero. You should therefore leave
5200@code{c-strict-syntax-p} set to @code{nil}.}.
5201
5202@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
5203@node Interactive Customization, Line-Up Functions, c-offsets-alist, Customizing Indentation
5204@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5205@section Interactive Customization
5206@cindex customization, interactive
5207@cindex interactive customization
5208@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
5209
5210As an example of how to customize indentation, let's change the
5211style of this example@footnote{In this and subsequent examples, the
5212original code is formatted using the @samp{gnu} style unless otherwise
5213indicated. @xref{Styles}.}:
5214
5215@example
5216@group
5217 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
5218 2: @{
5219 3: if( doit )
5220 4: @{
5221 5: return( val + incr );
5222 6: @}
5223 7: return( val );
5224 8: @}
5225@end group
5226@end example
5227
5228@noindent
5229to:
5230
5231@example
5232@group
5233 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
5234 2: @{
5235 3: if( doit )
5236 4: @{
5237 5: return( val + incr );
5238 6: @}
5239 7: return( val );
5240 8: @}
5241@end group
5242@end example
5243
5244In other words, we want to change the indentation of braces that open a
5245block following a condition so that the braces line up under the
5246conditional, instead of being indented. Notice that the construct we
5247want to change starts on line 4. To change the indentation of a line,
5248we need to see which syntactic symbols affect the offset calculations
5249for that line. Hitting @kbd{C-c C-s} on line 4 yields:
5250
5251@example
5252((substatement-open 44))
5253@end example
5254
5255@noindent
5256so we know that to change the offset of the open brace, we need to
5257change the indentation for the @code{substatement-open} syntactic
5258symbol.
5259
5260To do this interactively, just hit @kbd{C-c C-o}. This prompts
5261you for the syntactic symbol to change, providing a reasonable default.
5262In this case, the default is @code{substatement-open}, which is just the
5263syntactic symbol we want to change!
5264
5265After you hit return, @ccmode{} will then prompt you for the new
5266offset value, with the old value as the default. The default in this
5267case is @samp{+}, but we want no extra indentation so enter
5268@samp{0} and @kbd{RET}. This will associate the offset 0 with the
5269syntactic symbol @code{substatement-open}.
5270
5271To check your changes quickly, just hit @kbd{C-c C-q}
5272(@code{c-indent-defun}) to reindent the entire function. The example
5273should now look like:
5274
5275@example
5276@group
5277 1: int add( int val, int incr, int doit )
5278 2: @{
5279 3: if( doit )
5280 4: @{
5281 5: return( val + incr );
5282 6: @}
5283 7: return( val );
5284 8: @}
5285@end group
5286@end example
5287
5288Notice how just changing the open brace offset on line 4 is all we
5289needed to do. Since the other affected lines are indented relative to
5290line 4, they are automatically indented the way you'd expect. For more
5291complicated examples, this might not always work. The general approach
5292to take is to always start adjusting offsets for lines higher up in the
5293file, then reindent and see if any following lines need further
5294adjustments.
5295
5296@c Move this bit to "Styles" (2005/10/7)
5297@deffn Command c-set-offset symbol offset
5298@findex set-offset (c-)
5299@kindex C-c C-o
5300This is the command bound to @kbd{C-c C-o}. It provides a convenient
5301way to set offsets on @code{c-offsets-alist} both interactively (see
5302the example above) and from your mode hook.
6bf7aab6 5303
116e44a1
AM
5304It takes two arguments when used programmatically: @var{symbol} is the
5305syntactic element symbol to change and @var{offset} is the new offset
5306for that syntactic element.
5307@end deffn
5308@c End of MOVE THIS BIT.
d7bd46ed 5309
6bf7aab6 5310@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 5311@node Line-Up Functions, Custom Line-Up, Interactive Customization, Customizing Indentation
d7bd46ed 5312@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1 5313@section Line-Up Functions
d7bd46ed
GM
5314@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
5315
3a731e1f 5316@cindex line-up function
116e44a1 5317@cindex indentation function
3a731e1f 5318Often there are cases when a simple offset setting on a syntactic
116e44a1
AM
5319symbol isn't enough to get the desired indentation---for example, you
5320might want to line up a closing parenthesis with the matching opening
5321one rather than indenting relative to its ``anchor point''. @ccmode{}
5322provides this flexibility with @dfn{line-up functions}.
5323
5324The way you associate a line-up function with a syntactic symbol is
5325described in @ref{c-offsets-alist}. @ccmode{} comes with many
5326predefined line-up functions for common situations. If none of these
5327does what you want, you can write your own. @xref{Custom Line-Up}.
5328Sometimes, it is easier to tweak the standard indentation by adding a
5329function to @code{c-special-indent-hook} (@pxref{Other Indentation}).
5330
5331The line-up functions haven't been adapted for AWK buffers or tested
5332with them. Some of them might work serendipitously. There shouldn't be
5333any problems writing custom line-up functions for AWK mode.
5334
5335The calling convention for line-up functions is described fully in
5336@ref{Custom Line-Up}. Roughly speaking, the return value is either an
5337offset itself (such as @code{+} or @code{[0]}) or it's @code{nil},
5338meaning ``this function is inappropriate in this case - try a
5339different one''. @xref{c-offsets-alist}.
5340
5341The subsections below describe all the standard line-up functions,
4dc5fe62 5342categorized by the sort of token the lining-up centers around. For
116e44a1 5343each of these functions there is a ``works with'' list that indicates
d7bd46ed
GM
5344which syntactic symbols the function is intended to be used with.
5345
5346@macro workswith
cb7f2e96 5347@emph{Works with:@ }
d7bd46ed
GM
5348@end macro
5349@ifinfo
5350@unmacro workswith
5351@macro workswith
5352Works with:
5353@end macro
5354@end ifinfo
5355
3a731e1f
MS
5356@macro sssTBasicOffset
5357<--> @i{c-basic-offset}@c
5358@end macro
d7bd46ed 5359
3a731e1f
MS
5360@macro sssTsssTBasicOffset
5361<--><--> @i{c-basic-offset}@c
5362@end macro
d7bd46ed 5363
3a731e1f
MS
5364@macro hereFn{func}
5365<- @i{\func\}@c
5366@end macro
d7bd46ed 5367
3a731e1f
MS
5368@c The TeX backend seems to insert extra spaces around the argument. :P
5369@iftex
5370@unmacro hereFn
5371@macro hereFn{func}
5372<-@i{\func\}@c
5373@end macro
5374@end iftex
d7bd46ed 5375
116e44a1
AM
5376@menu
5377* Brace/Paren Line-Up::
5378* List Line-Up::
5379* Operator Line-Up::
5380* Comment Line-Up::
5381* Misc Line-Up::
5382@end menu
d7bd46ed 5383
116e44a1
AM
5384@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
5385@node Brace/Paren Line-Up, List Line-Up, Line-Up Functions, Line-Up Functions
5386@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5387@subsection Brace and Parenthesis Line-Up Functions
5388@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
d7bd46ed 5389
116e44a1
AM
5390The line-up functions here calculate the indentation for braces,
5391parentheses and statements within brace blocks.
3a731e1f 5392
116e44a1
AM
5393@defun c-lineup-close-paren
5394@findex lineup-close-paren (c-)
5395Line up the closing paren under its corresponding open paren if the
5396open paren is followed by code. If the open paren ends its line, no
5397indentation is added. E.g:
d7bd46ed 5398
f214c025
GM
5399@example
5400@group
116e44a1
AM
5401main (int,
5402 char **
5403 ) @hereFn{c-lineup-close-paren}
f214c025
GM
5404@end group
5405@end example
3a731e1f 5406
f214c025
GM
5407@noindent
5408and
3a731e1f 5409
f214c025
GM
5410@example
5411@group
116e44a1
AM
5412main (
5413 int, char **
5414) @hereFn{c-lineup-close-paren}
3a731e1f
MS
5415@end group
5416@end example
f214c025 5417
116e44a1
AM
5418As a special case, if a brace block is opened at the same line as the
5419open parenthesis of the argument list, the indentation is
5420@code{c-basic-offset} instead of the open paren column. See
5421@code{c-lineup-arglist} for further discussion of this ``DWIM'' measure.
3a731e1f 5422
116e44a1 5423@workswith All @code{*-close} symbols.
3a731e1f
MS
5424@end defun
5425
5426@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5427
116e44a1 5428@anchor{c-lineup-arglist-close-under-paren}
3a731e1f
MS
5429@defun c-lineup-arglist-close-under-paren
5430@findex lineup-arglist-close-under-paren (c-)
5431Set your @code{arglist-close} syntactic symbol to this line-up function
5432so that parentheses that close argument lists will line up under the
5433parenthesis that opened the argument list. It can also be used with
5434@code{arglist-cont} and @code{arglist-cont-nonempty} to line up all
5435lines inside a parenthesis under the open paren.
5436
5437As a special case, if a brace block is opened at the same line as the
5438open parenthesis of the argument list, the indentation is
5439@code{c-basic-offset} only. See @code{c-lineup-arglist} for further
5440discussion of this ``DWIM'' measure.
5441
5442@workswith Almost all symbols, but are typically most useful on
5443@code{arglist-close}, @code{brace-list-close}, @code{arglist-cont} and
5444@code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
5445@end defun
5446
5447@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5448
116e44a1
AM
5449@defun c-indent-one-line-block
5450@findex indent-one-line-block (c-)
5451Indent a one line block @code{c-basic-offset} extra. E.g:
d7bd46ed 5452
3a731e1f
MS
5453@example
5454@group
116e44a1
AM
5455if (n > 0)
5456 @{m+=n; n=0;@} @hereFn{c-indent-one-line-block}
5457@sssTBasicOffset{}
5458@end group
5459@end example
5460
5461@noindent
5462and
d7bd46ed 5463
d7bd46ed
GM
5464@example
5465@group
116e44a1
AM
5466if (n > 0)
5467@{ @hereFn{c-indent-one-line-block}
5468 m+=n; n=0;
5469@}
3a731e1f
MS
5470@end group
5471@end example
d7bd46ed 5472
116e44a1
AM
5473The block may be surrounded by any kind of parenthesis characters.
5474@code{nil} is returned if the line doesn't start with a one line block,
5475which makes the function usable in list expressions.
3a731e1f 5476
116e44a1
AM
5477@workswith Almost all syntactic symbols, but most useful on the
5478@code{-open} symbols.
3a731e1f 5479@end defun
d7bd46ed 5480
3a731e1f
MS
5481@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5482
116e44a1
AM
5483@defun c-indent-multi-line-block
5484@findex indent-multi-line-block (c-)
5485Indent a multiline block @code{c-basic-offset} extra. E.g:
d7bd46ed 5486
3a731e1f
MS
5487@example
5488@group
116e44a1
AM
5489int *foo[] = @{
5490 NULL,
5491 @{17@}, @hereFn{c-indent-multi-line-block}
d7bd46ed
GM
5492@end group
5493@end example
3a731e1f 5494
d7bd46ed
GM
5495@noindent
5496and
3a731e1f 5497
d7bd46ed
GM
5498@example
5499@group
116e44a1
AM
5500int *foo[] = @{
5501 NULL,
5502 @{ @hereFn{c-indent-multi-line-block}
5503 17
5504 @},
5505 @sssTBasicOffset{}
3a731e1f
MS
5506@end group
5507@end example
d7bd46ed 5508
116e44a1
AM
5509The block may be surrounded by any kind of parenthesis characters.
5510@code{nil} is returned if the line doesn't start with a multiline
5511block, which makes the function usable in list expressions.
3a731e1f 5512
116e44a1
AM
5513@workswith Almost all syntactic symbols, but most useful on the
5514@code{-open} symbols.
3a731e1f
MS
5515@end defun
5516
5517@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5518
116e44a1
AM
5519@defun c-lineup-runin-statements
5520@findex lineup-runin-statements (c-)
5521Line up statements for coding standards which place the first statement
5522in a block on the same line as the block opening brace@footnote{Run-in
5523style doesn't really work too well. You might need to write your own
5524custom line-up functions to better support this style.}. E.g:
3a731e1f
MS
5525
5526@example
116e44a1
AM
5527@group
5528int main()
5529@{ puts ("Hello!");
5530 return 0; @hereFn{c-lineup-runin-statements}
5531@}
5532@end group
3a731e1f
MS
5533@end example
5534
116e44a1
AM
5535If there is no statement after the opening brace to align with,
5536@code{nil} is returned. This makes the function usable in list
5537expressions.
3a731e1f 5538
116e44a1 5539@workswith The @code{statement} syntactic symbol.
3a731e1f
MS
5540@end defun
5541
5542@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5543
116e44a1
AM
5544@defun c-lineup-inexpr-block
5545@findex lineup-inexpr-block (c-)
5546This can be used with the in-expression block symbols to indent the
5547whole block to the column where the construct is started. E.g. for Java
5548anonymous classes, this lines up the class under the @samp{new} keyword,
5549and in Pike it lines up the lambda function body under the @samp{lambda}
5550keyword. Returns @code{nil} if the block isn't part of such a
5551construct.
5552
5553@workswith @code{inlambda}, @code{inexpr-statement},
5554@code{inexpr-class}.
5555@end defun
5556
5557@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5558
5559@defun c-lineup-after-whitesmith-blocks
5560@findex lineup-after-whitesmith-blocks (c-)
5561Compensate for Whitesmith style indentation of blocks. Due to the way
5562@ccmode{} calculates anchor positions for normal lines inside blocks,
5563this function is necessary for those lines to get correct Whitesmith
5564style indentation. Consider the following examples:
d7bd46ed 5565
3a731e1f
MS
5566@example
5567@group
116e44a1
AM
5568int foo()
5569 @{
5570 a;
5571 x; @hereFn{c-lineup-after-whitesmith-blocks}
d7bd46ed
GM
5572@end group
5573@end example
5574
d7bd46ed
GM
5575@example
5576@group
116e44a1
AM
5577int foo()
5578 @{
5579 @{
5580 a;
5581 @}
5582 x; @hereFn{c-lineup-after-whitesmith-blocks}
3a731e1f
MS
5583@end group
5584@end example
d7bd46ed 5585
116e44a1
AM
5586The fact that the line with @code{x} is preceded by a Whitesmith style
5587indented block in the latter case and not the first should not affect
5588its indentation. But since CC Mode in cases like this uses the
5589indentation of the preceding statement as anchor position, the @code{x}
5590would in the second case be indented too much if the offset for
5591@code{statement} was set simply to zero.
5592
5593This lineup function corrects for this situation by detecting if the
5594anchor position is at an open paren character. In that case, it instead
5595indents relative to the surrounding block just like
5596@code{c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block}.
5597
5598@workswith @code{brace-list-entry}, @code{brace-entry-open},
5599@code{statement}, @code{arglist-cont}.
5600@end defun
5601
5602@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5603
5604@defun c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block
5605@findex lineup-whitesmith-in-block (c-)
5606Line up lines inside a block in Whitesmith style. It's done in a way
5607that works both when the opening brace hangs and when it doesn't. E.g:
177c0ea7 5608
3a731e1f
MS
5609@example
5610@group
116e44a1
AM
5611something
5612 @{
5613 foo; @hereFn{c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block}
5614 @}
d7bd46ed
GM
5615@end group
5616@end example
3a731e1f 5617
d7bd46ed 5618@noindent
116e44a1 5619and
3a731e1f 5620
d7bd46ed
GM
5621@example
5622@group
116e44a1
AM
5623something @{
5624 foo; @hereFn{c-lineup-whitesmith-in-block}
5625 @}
5626@sssTBasicOffset{}
3a731e1f
MS
5627@end group
5628@end example
d7bd46ed 5629
116e44a1
AM
5630In the first case the indentation is kept unchanged, in the second
5631@code{c-basic-offset} is added.
3a731e1f 5632
116e44a1
AM
5633@workswith @code{defun-close}, @code{defun-block-intro},
5634@code{inline-close}, @code{block-close}, @code{brace-list-close},
5635@code{brace-list-intro}, @code{statement-block-intro},
5636@code{arglist-intro}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty},
5637@code{arglist-close}, and all @code{in*} symbols, e.g. @code{inclass}
5638and @code{inextern-lang}.
5639@end defun
3a731e1f 5640
116e44a1
AM
5641@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
5642@node List Line-Up, Operator Line-Up, Brace/Paren Line-Up, Line-Up Functions
5643@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5644@subsection List Line-Up Functions
5645@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3a731e1f 5646
116e44a1
AM
5647The line-up functions here calculate the indentation for lines which
5648form lists of items, usually separated by commas.
5649
5650The function @ref{c-lineup-arglist-close-under-paren}, which is mainly
5651for indenting a close parenthesis, is also useful for the lines
5652contained within parentheses.
5653
5654@defun c-lineup-arglist
5655@findex lineup-arglist (c-)
5656Line up the current argument line under the first argument.
5657
5658As a special case, if an argument on the same line as the open
5659parenthesis starts with a brace block opener, the indentation is
5660@code{c-basic-offset} only. This is intended as a ``DWIM'' measure in
5661cases like macros that contain statement blocks, e.g:
5662
5663@example
5664@group
5665A_VERY_LONG_MACRO_NAME (@{
5666 some (code, with + long, lines * in[it]);
5667 @});
5668@sssTBasicOffset{}
5669@end group
5670@end example
5671
5672This is motivated partly because it's more in line with how code
5673blocks are handled, and partly since it approximates the behavior of
5674earlier CC Mode versions, which due to inaccurate analysis tended to
5675indent such cases this way.
5676
5677@workswith @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}, @code{arglist-close}.
3a731e1f
MS
5678@end defun
5679
5680@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5681
116e44a1
AM
5682@defun c-lineup-arglist-intro-after-paren
5683@findex lineup-arglist-intro-after-paren (c-)
5684Line up a line to just after the open paren of the surrounding paren or
5685brace block.
3a731e1f 5686
116e44a1
AM
5687@workswith @code{defun-block-intro}, @code{brace-list-intro},
5688@code{statement-block-intro}, @code{statement-case-intro},
5689@code{arglist-intro}.
3a731e1f
MS
5690@end defun
5691
5692@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
d7bd46ed 5693
116e44a1
AM
5694@defun c-lineup-multi-inher
5695@findex lineup-multi-inher (c-)
5696Line up the classes in C++ multiple inheritance clauses and member
5697initializers under each other. E.g:
3a731e1f
MS
5698
5699@example
5700@group
116e44a1
AM
5701Foo::Foo (int a, int b):
5702 Cyphr (a),
5703 Bar (b) @hereFn{c-lineup-multi-inher}
5704@end group
5705@end example
5706
5707@noindent
5708and
5709
5710@example
5711@group
5712class Foo
5713 : public Cyphr,
5714 public Bar @hereFn{c-lineup-multi-inher}
d7bd46ed
GM
5715@end group
5716@end example
5717
116e44a1
AM
5718@noindent
5719and
d7bd46ed 5720
d7bd46ed 5721@example
116e44a1
AM
5722@group
5723Foo::Foo (int a, int b)
5724 : Cyphr (a)
5725 , Bar (b) @hereFn{c-lineup-multi-inher}
5726@end group
3a731e1f 5727@end example
d7bd46ed 5728
116e44a1 5729@workswith @code{inher-cont}, @code{member-init-cont}.
3a731e1f 5730@end defun
d7bd46ed 5731
3a731e1f
MS
5732@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5733
5734@defun c-lineup-java-inher
5735@findex lineup-java-inher (c-)
5736Line up Java implements and extends declarations. If class names
5737follow on the same line as the @samp{implements}/@samp{extends}
5738keyword, they are lined up under each other. Otherwise, they are
5739indented by adding @code{c-basic-offset} to the column of the keyword.
5740E.g:
5741
5742@example
5743@group
5744class Foo
bf247b6e 5745 extends
3a731e1f
MS
5746 Bar @hereFn{c-lineup-java-inher}
5747 @sssTBasicOffset{}
d7bd46ed
GM
5748@end group
5749@end example
3a731e1f 5750
d7bd46ed
GM
5751@noindent
5752and
3a731e1f 5753
d7bd46ed
GM
5754@example
5755@group
3a731e1f
MS
5756class Foo
5757 extends Cyphr,
5758 Bar @hereFn{c-lineup-java-inher}
5759@end group
5760@end example
d7bd46ed 5761
3a731e1f
MS
5762@workswith @code{inher-cont}.
5763@end defun
5764
5765@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
d7bd46ed 5766
3a731e1f
MS
5767@defun c-lineup-java-throws
5768@findex lineup-java-throws (c-)
5769Line up Java throws declarations. If exception names follow on the
5770same line as the throws keyword, they are lined up under each other.
5771Otherwise, they are indented by adding @code{c-basic-offset} to the
5772column of the @samp{throws} keyword. The @samp{throws} keyword itself
5773is also indented by @code{c-basic-offset} from the function declaration
5774start if it doesn't hang. E.g:
d7bd46ed 5775
3a731e1f
MS
5776@example
5777@group
5778int foo()
5779 throws @hereFn{c-lineup-java-throws}
5780 Bar @hereFn{c-lineup-java-throws}
5781@sssTsssTBasicOffset{}
d7bd46ed
GM
5782@end group
5783@end example
5784
3a731e1f
MS
5785@noindent
5786and
d7bd46ed 5787
d7bd46ed 5788@example
d7bd46ed 5789@group
3a731e1f
MS
5790int foo() throws Cyphr,
5791 Bar, @hereFn{c-lineup-java-throws}
5792 Vlod @hereFn{c-lineup-java-throws}
d7bd46ed 5793@end group
3a731e1f
MS
5794@end example
5795
5796@workswith @code{func-decl-cont}.
5797@end defun
5798
5799@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
d7bd46ed 5800
116e44a1
AM
5801@defun c-lineup-template-args
5802@findex lineup-template-args (c-)
5803Line up the arguments of a template argument list under each other, but
5804only in the case where the first argument is on the same line as the
5805opening @samp{<}.
5806
5807To allow this function to be used in a list expression, @code{nil} is
5808returned if there's no template argument on the first line.
5809
5810@workswith @code{template-args-cont}.
5811@end defun
5812
5813@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5814
5815@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-call
5816@findex lineup-ObjC-method-call (c-)
5817For Objective-C code, line up selector args as Emacs Lisp mode does
5818with function args: go to the position right after the message receiver,
5819and if you are at the end of the line, indent the current line
5820c-basic-offset columns from the opening bracket; otherwise you are
5821looking at the first character of the first method call argument, so
5822lineup the current line with it.
5823
5824@workswith @code{objc-method-call-cont}.
5825@end defun
5826
5827@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5828
5829@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-args
5830@findex lineup-ObjC-method-args (c-)
5831For Objective-C code, line up the colons that separate args. The colon
5832on the current line is aligned with the one on the first line.
5833
5834@workswith @code{objc-method-args-cont}.
5835@end defun
5836
5837@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5838
5839@defun c-lineup-ObjC-method-args-2
5840@findex lineup-ObjC-method-args-2 (c-)
5841Similar to @code{c-lineup-ObjC-method-args} but lines up the colon on
5842the current line with the colon on the previous line.
5843
5844@workswith @code{objc-method-args-cont}.
5845@end defun
5846
5847@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
5848@node Operator Line-Up, Comment Line-Up, List Line-Up, Line-Up Functions
5849@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5850@subsection Operator Line-Up Functions
5851@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
5852
5853The line-up functions here calculate the indentation for lines which
5854start with an operator, by lining it up with something on the previous
5855line.
5856
5857@defun c-lineup-argcont
5858@findex lineup-argcont (c-)
5859Line up a continued argument. E.g:
3a731e1f
MS
5860
5861@example
d7bd46ed 5862@group
116e44a1
AM
5863foo (xyz, aaa + bbb + ccc
5864 + ddd + eee + fff); @hereFn{c-lineup-argcont}
d7bd46ed 5865@end group
3a731e1f 5866@end example
d7bd46ed 5867
116e44a1
AM
5868Only continuation lines like this are touched, @code{nil} is returned on
5869lines which are the start of an argument.
5870
5871Within a gcc @code{asm} block, @code{:} is recognised as an argument
5872separator, but of course only between operand specifications, not in the
5873expressions for the operands.
5874
5875@workswith @code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
5876@end defun
5877
5878@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5879
5880@defun c-lineup-arglist-operators
5881@findex lineup-arglist-operators (c-)
5882Line up lines starting with an infix operator under the open paren.
5883Return @code{nil} on lines that don't start with an operator, to leave
5884those cases to other line-up functions. Example:
5885
5886@example
5887@group
5888if ( x < 10
5889 || at_limit (x, @hereFn{c-lineup-arglist-operators}
5890 list) @hereFn{c-lineup-arglist-operators@r{ returns nil}}
5891 )
5892@end group
5893@end example
5894
5895Since this function doesn't do anything for lines without an infix
5896operator you typically want to use it together with some other lineup
5897settings, e.g. as follows (the @code{arglist-close} setting is just a
5898suggestion to get a consistent style):
5899
5900@example
5901(c-set-offset 'arglist-cont
5902 '(c-lineup-arglist-operators 0))
5903(c-set-offset 'arglist-cont-nonempty
5904 '(c-lineup-arglist-operators c-lineup-arglist))
5905(c-set-offset 'arglist-close
5906 '(c-lineup-arglist-close-under-paren))
5907@end example
5908
5909@workswith @code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
5910@end defun
5911
5912@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5913
5914@defun c-lineup-assignments
5915@findex lineup-assignments (c-)
5916Line up the current line after the assignment operator on the first line
5917in the statement. If there isn't any, return nil to allow stacking with
5918other line-up functions. If the current line contains an assignment
5919operator too, try to align it with the first one.
5920
5921@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}, @code{statement-cont},
5922@code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
3a731e1f 5923
3a731e1f
MS
5924@end defun
5925
5926@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5927
5928@defun c-lineup-math
5929@findex lineup-math (c-)
116e44a1
AM
5930Like @code{c-lineup-assignments} but indent with @code{c-basic-offset}
5931if no assignment operator was found on the first line. I.e. this
5932function is the same as specifying a list @code{(c-lineup-assignments
5933+)}. It's provided for compatibility with old configurations.
3a731e1f
MS
5934
5935@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}, @code{statement-cont},
5936@code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
5937@end defun
5938
5939@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5940
116e44a1
AM
5941@defun c-lineup-cascaded-calls
5942@findex lineup-cascaded-calls (c-)
5943Line up ``cascaded calls'' under each other. If the line begins with
5944@code{->} or @code{.} and the preceding line ends with one or more
5945function calls preceded by the same token, then the arrow is lined up
5946with the first of those tokens. E.g:
3a731e1f
MS
5947
5948@example
d7bd46ed 5949@group
116e44a1
AM
5950r = proc->add(17)->add(18)
5951 ->add(19) + @hereFn{c-lineup-cascaded-calls}
5952 offset; @hereFn{c-lineup-cascaded-calls@r{ (inactive)}}
d7bd46ed 5953@end group
3a731e1f 5954@end example
d7bd46ed 5955
116e44a1
AM
5956In any other situation @code{nil} is returned to allow use in list
5957expressions.
5958
5959@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}, @code{statement-cont},
5960@code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
5961@end defun
5962
5963@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5964
5965@defun c-lineup-streamop
5966@findex lineup-streamop (c-)
5967Line up C++ stream operators (i.e. @samp{<<} and @samp{>>}).
5968
5969@workswith @code{stream-op}.
5970@end defun
5971
5972@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
5973
5974@defun c-lineup-string-cont
5975@findex lineup-string-cont (c-)
5976Line up a continued string under the one it continues. A continued
5977string in this sense is where a string literal follows directly after
5978another one. E.g:
3a731e1f
MS
5979
5980@example
d7bd46ed 5981@group
116e44a1
AM
5982result = prefix + "A message "
5983 "string."; @hereFn{c-lineup-string-cont}
d7bd46ed 5984@end group
3a731e1f
MS
5985@end example
5986
116e44a1
AM
5987@code{nil} is returned in other situations, to allow stacking with other
5988lineup functions.
5989
5990@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}, @code{statement-cont},
5991@code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
5992@end defun
5993
5994
5995@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
5996@node Comment Line-Up, Misc Line-Up, Operator Line-Up, Line-Up Functions
5997@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5998@subsection Comment Line-Up Functions
5999@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6000
6001The lineup functions here calculate the indentation for several types
6002of comment structure.
6003
6004@defun c-lineup-C-comments
6005@findex lineup-C-comments (c-)
6006Line up C block comment continuation lines. Various heuristics are used
6007to handle most of the common comment styles. Some examples:
d7bd46ed 6008
3a731e1f
MS
6009@example
6010@group
116e44a1
AM
6011/* /** /*
6012 * text * text text
6013 */ */ */
3a731e1f 6014@end group
d7bd46ed
GM
6015@end example
6016
116e44a1
AM
6017@example
6018@group
6019/* text /* /**
6020 text ** text ** text
6021*/ */ */
6022@end group
6023@end example
d7bd46ed 6024
116e44a1
AM
6025@example
6026@group
6027/**************************************************
6028 * text
6029 *************************************************/
6030@end group
6031@end example
d7bd46ed 6032
116e44a1
AM
6033@vindex comment-start-skip
6034@example
6035@group
6036/**************************************************
6037 Free form text comments:
6038 In comments with a long delimiter line at the
6039 start, the indentation is kept unchanged for lines
6040 that start with an empty comment line prefix. The
6041 delimiter line is whatever matches the
6042 @code{comment-start-skip} regexp.
6043**************************************************/
6044@end group
6045@end example
6046
6047The style variable @code{c-comment-prefix-regexp} is used to recognize
6048the comment line prefix, e.g. the @samp{*} that usually starts every
6049line inside a comment.
d7bd46ed 6050
116e44a1 6051@workswith The @code{c} syntactic symbol.
3a731e1f 6052@end defun
d7bd46ed 6053
3a731e1f 6054@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
d7bd46ed 6055
116e44a1
AM
6056@defun c-lineup-comment
6057@findex lineup-comment (c-)
6058Line up a comment-only line according to the style variable
6059@code{c-comment-only-line-offset}. If the comment is lined up with a
6060comment starter on the previous line, that alignment is preserved.
d7bd46ed 6061
116e44a1
AM
6062@defopt c-comment-only-line-offset
6063@vindex comment-only-line-offset (c-)
6064This style variable specifies the extra offset for the line. It can
6065contain an integer or a cons cell of the form
d7bd46ed 6066
116e44a1
AM
6067@example
6068(@r{@var{non-anchored-offset}} . @r{@var{anchored-offset}})
6069@end example
3a731e1f 6070
116e44a1
AM
6071@noindent
6072where @var{non-anchored-offset} is the amount of offset given to
6073non-column-zero anchored lines, and @var{anchored-offset} is the amount
6074of offset to give column-zero anchored lines. Just an integer as value
6075is equivalent to @code{(@r{@var{value}} . -1000)}.
6076@end defopt
3a731e1f 6077
116e44a1 6078@workswith @code{comment-intro}.
3a731e1f
MS
6079@end defun
6080
6081@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
d7bd46ed 6082
116e44a1
AM
6083@defun c-lineup-knr-region-comment
6084@findex lineup-knr-region-comment (c-)
6085Line up a comment in the ``K&R region'' with the declaration. That is
6086the region between the function or class header and the beginning of the
6087block. E.g:
3a731e1f 6088
d7bd46ed
GM
6089@example
6090@group
d7bd46ed 6091int main()
116e44a1
AM
6092/* Called at startup. */ @hereFn{c-lineup-knr-region-comment}
6093@{
6094 return 0;
d7bd46ed 6095@}
d7bd46ed
GM
6096@end group
6097@end example
6098
116e44a1 6099Return @code{nil} if called in any other situation, to be useful in list
d7bd46ed
GM
6100expressions.
6101
116e44a1 6102@workswith @code{comment-intro}.
3a731e1f 6103@end defun
d7bd46ed 6104
116e44a1
AM
6105@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6106@node Misc Line-Up, , Comment Line-Up, Line-Up Functions
6107@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6108@subsection Miscellaneous Line-Up Functions
6109@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3a731e1f 6110
116e44a1
AM
6111The line-up functions here are the odds and ends which didn't fit into
6112any earlier category.
3a731e1f 6113
116e44a1
AM
6114@defun c-lineup-dont-change
6115@findex lineup-dont-change (c-)
6116This lineup function makes the line stay at whatever indentation it
6117already has; think of it as an identity function for lineups.
6118
6119@workswith Any syntactic symbol.
3a731e1f
MS
6120@end defun
6121
6122@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
6123
116e44a1
AM
6124@defun c-lineup-cpp-define
6125@findex lineup-cpp-define (c-)
6126Line up macro continuation lines according to the indentation of the
6127construct preceding the macro. E.g:
d7bd46ed 6128
3a731e1f
MS
6129@example
6130@group
116e44a1
AM
6131const char msg[] = @hereFn{@r{The beginning of the preceding construct.}}
6132 \"Some text.\";
6133
6134#define X(A, B) \
6135do @{ \ @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
6136 printf (A, B); \
6137@} while (0)
3a731e1f
MS
6138@end group
6139@end example
d7bd46ed 6140
116e44a1
AM
6141@noindent
6142and:
d7bd46ed 6143
3a731e1f
MS
6144@example
6145@group
116e44a1
AM
6146int dribble() @{
6147 if (!running) @hereFn{@r{The beginning of the preceding construct.}}
6148 error(\"Not running!\");
6149
6150#define X(A, B) \
6151 do @{ \ @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
6152 printf (A, B); \
6153 @} while (0)
3a731e1f
MS
6154@end group
6155@end example
d7bd46ed 6156
116e44a1
AM
6157If @code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} is non-@code{nil}, the
6158function returns the relative indentation to the macro start line to
6159allow accumulation with other offsets. E.g. in the following cases,
6160@code{cpp-define-intro} is combined with the
6161@code{statement-block-intro} that comes from the @samp{do @{} that hangs
6162on the @samp{#define} line:
d7bd46ed 6163
3a731e1f
MS
6164@example
6165@group
116e44a1
AM
6166const char msg[] =
6167 \"Some text.\";
6168
6169#define X(A, B) do @{ \
6170 printf (A, B); \ @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
6171 this->refs++; \
6172@} while (0) @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
3a731e1f
MS
6173@end group
6174@end example
d7bd46ed 6175
3a731e1f 6176@noindent
116e44a1 6177and:
d7bd46ed 6178
3a731e1f
MS
6179@example
6180@group
116e44a1
AM
6181int dribble() @{
6182 if (!running)
6183 error(\"Not running!\");
6184
6185#define X(A, B) do @{ \
6186 printf (A, B); \ @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
6187 this->refs++; \
6188 @} while (0) @hereFn{c-lineup-cpp-define}
3a731e1f
MS
6189@end group
6190@end example
d7bd46ed 6191
116e44a1
AM
6192The relative indentation returned by @code{c-lineup-cpp-define} is zero
6193and two, respectively, on the two lines in each of these examples. They
6194are then added to the two column indentation that
6195@code{statement-block-intro} gives in both cases here.
6196
6197If the relative indentation is zero, then @code{nil} is returned
6198instead. That is useful in a list expression to specify the default
6199indentation on the top level.
6200
6201If @code{c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros} is @code{nil} then this
6202function keeps the current indentation, except for empty lines (ignoring
6203the ending backslash) where it takes the indentation from the closest
6204preceding nonempty line in the macro. If there's no such line in the
6205macro then the indentation is taken from the construct preceding it, as
6206described above.
6207
6208@workswith @code{cpp-define-intro}.
3a731e1f
MS
6209@end defun
6210
6211@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
d7bd46ed 6212
116e44a1
AM
6213@defun c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg
6214@findex lineup-gcc-asm-reg (c-)
6215Line up a gcc asm register under one on a previous line.
3a731e1f 6216
d7bd46ed
GM
6217@example
6218@group
116e44a1
AM
6219 asm ("foo %1, %0\n"
6220 "bar %0, %1"
6221 : "=r" (w),
6222 "=r" (x)
6223 : "0" (y),
6224 "1" (z));
d7bd46ed
GM
6225@end group
6226@end example
3a731e1f 6227
116e44a1
AM
6228The @samp{x} line is aligned to the text after the @samp{:} on the
6229@samp{w} line, and similarly @samp{z} under @samp{y}.
6230
6231This is done only in an @samp{asm} or @samp{__asm__} block, and only to
6232those lines mentioned. Anywhere else @code{nil} is returned. The usual
6233arrangement is to have this routine as an extra feature at the start of
6234arglist lineups, e.g.
3a731e1f 6235
d7bd46ed 6236@example
116e44a1 6237(c-lineup-gcc-asm-reg c-lineup-arglist)
d7bd46ed
GM
6238@end example
6239
116e44a1 6240@workswith @code{arglist-cont}, @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}.
3a731e1f 6241@end defun
d7bd46ed 6242
116e44a1 6243@comment ------------------------------------------------------------
d7bd46ed 6244
116e44a1
AM
6245@defun c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont
6246@findex lineup-topmost-intro-cont (c-)
6247Line up declaration continuation lines zero or one indentation
6248step@footnote{This function is mainly provided to mimic the behavior of
6249CC Mode 5.28 and earlier where this case wasn't handled consistently so
6250that those lines could be analyzed as either topmost-intro-cont or
6251statement-cont. It's used for @code{topmost-intro-cont} by default, but
6252you might consider using @code{+} instead.}. For lines preceding a
6253definition, zero is used. For other lines, @code{c-basic-offset} is
6254added to the indentation. E.g:
3a731e1f
MS
6255
6256@example
116e44a1
AM
6257@group
6258int
6259neg (int i) @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
6260@{
6261 return -i;
6262@}
6263@end group
6264@end example
3a731e1f 6265
116e44a1
AM
6266@noindent
6267and
3a731e1f 6268
116e44a1
AM
6269@example
6270@group
6271struct
6272larch @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
6273@{
6274 double height;
6275@}
6276 the_larch, @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
6277 another_larch; @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
6278@sssTBasicOffset{}
6279@end group
6280@end example
3a731e1f 6281
116e44a1
AM
6282@noindent
6283and
3a731e1f
MS
6284
6285@example
116e44a1
AM
6286@group
6287struct larch
6288the_larch, @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
6289 another_larch; @hereFn{c-lineup-topmost-intro-cont}
6290@end group
3a731e1f
MS
6291@end example
6292
116e44a1
AM
6293@workswith @code{topmost-intro-cont}.
6294@end defun
3a731e1f 6295
116e44a1
AM
6296@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6297@node Custom Line-Up, Other Indentation, Line-Up Functions, Customizing Indentation
6298@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6299@section Custom Line-Up Functions
6300@cindex customization, indentation functions
6301@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3a731e1f 6302
116e44a1
AM
6303The most flexible way to customize indentation is by writing custom
6304line-up functions, and associating them with specific syntactic
6305symbols (@pxref{c-offsets-alist}). Depending on the effect you want,
6306it might be better to write a @code{c-special-indent-hook} function
6307rather than a line-up function (@pxref{Other Indentation}).
6308
6309@ccmode{} comes with an extensive set of predefined line-up functions,
6310not all of which are used by the default styles. So there's a good
6311chance the function you want already exists. @xref{Line-Up
6312Functions}, for a list of them. If you write your own line-up
6313function, it's probably a good idea to start working from one of these
6314predefined functions, which can be found in the file
6315@file{cc-align.el}. If you have written a line-up function that you
6316think is generally useful, you're very welcome to contribute it;
6317please contact @email{bug-cc-mode@@gnu.org}.
6318
6319 Line-up functions are passed a single argument, the syntactic
6320element (see below). The return value is a @code{c-offsets-alist}
6321offset specification: for example, an integer, a symbol such as
6322@code{+}, a vector, @code{nil}@footnote{Returning @code{nil} is useful
6323when the offset specification for a syntactic element is a list
6324containing the line-up function (@pxref{c-offsets-alist}).}, or even
6325another line-up function. Full details of these are in
6326@ref{c-offsets-alist}.
6327
6328Line-up functions must not move point or change the content of the
6329buffer (except temporarily). They are however allowed to do
6330@dfn{hidden buffer changes}, i.e. setting text properties for caching
6331purposes etc. Buffer undo recording is disabled while they run.
6332
6333The syntactic element passed as the parameter to a line-up function is
6334a cons cell of the form
3a731e1f 6335
116e44a1
AM
6336@example
6337(@r{@var{syntactic-symbol}} . @r{@var{anchor-position}})
6338@end example
3a731e1f 6339
116e44a1
AM
6340@noindent
6341@c FIXME!!! The following sentence might be better omitted, since the
6342@c information is in the cross reference "Syntactic Analysis". 2005/10/2.
6343where @var{syntactic-symbol} is the symbol that the function was
6344called for, and @var{anchor-position} is the anchor position (if any)
6345for the construct that triggered the syntactic symbol
6346(@pxref{Syntactic Analysis}). This cons cell is how the syntactic
6347element of a line used to be represented in @ccmode{} 5.28 and
6348earlier. Line-up functions are still passed this cons cell, so as to
6349preserve compatibility with older configurations. In the future, we
6350may decide to convert to using the full list format---you can prepare
6351your setup for this by using the access functions
6352(@code{c-langelem-sym}, etc.) described below.
6353
6354@vindex c-syntactic-element
6355@vindex syntactic-element (c-)
6356@vindex c-syntactic-context
6357@vindex syntactic-context (c-)
6358Some syntactic symbols, e.g. @code{arglist-cont-nonempty}, have more
6359info in the syntactic element - typically other positions that can be
6360interesting besides the anchor position. That info can't be accessed
6361through the passed argument, which is a cons cell. Instead, you can
6362get this information from the variable @code{c-syntactic-element},
6363which is dynamically bound to the complete syntactic element. The
6364variable @code{c-syntactic-context} might also be useful - it gets
6365dynamically bound to the complete syntactic context. @xref{Custom
6366Braces}.
6367
6368@ccmode{} provides a few functions to access parts of syntactic
6369elements in a more abstract way. Besides making the code easier to
6370read, they also hide the difference between the old cons cell form
6371used in the line-up function argument and the new list form used in
6372@code{c-syntactic-element} and everywhere else. The functions are:
6373
6374@defun c-langelem-sym langelem
6375@findex langelem-sym (c-)
6376Return the syntactic symbol in @var{langelem}.
6377@end defun
3a731e1f 6378
116e44a1
AM
6379@defun c-langelem-pos langelem
6380@findex langelem-pos (c-)
6381Return the anchor position in @var{langelem}, or nil if there is none.
6382@end defun
3a731e1f 6383
116e44a1
AM
6384@defun c-langelem-col langelem &optional preserve-point
6385@findex langelem-col (c-)
6386Return the column of the anchor position in @var{langelem}. Also move
6387the point to that position unless @var{preserve-point} is
6388non-@code{nil}.
6389@end defun
3a731e1f 6390
116e44a1
AM
6391@defun c-langelem-2nd-pos langelem
6392@findex langelem-2nd-pos (c-)
6393Return the secondary position in @var{langelem}, or @code{nil} if there
6394is none.
3a731e1f 6395
116e44a1
AM
6396Note that the return value of this function is always @code{nil} if
6397@var{langelem} is in the old cons cell form. Thus this function is
6398only meaningful when used on syntactic elements taken from
6399@code{c-syntactic-element} or @code{c-syntactic-context}.
6400@end defun
3a731e1f 6401
116e44a1
AM
6402Custom line-up functions can be as simple or as complex as you like, and
6403any syntactic symbol that appears in @code{c-offsets-alist} can have a
6404custom line-up function associated with it.
3a731e1f 6405
116e44a1
AM
6406@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6407@node Other Indentation, , Custom Line-Up, Customizing Indentation
6408@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6409@section Other Special Indentations
6410@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3a731e1f 6411
116e44a1 6412Here are the remaining odds and ends regarding indentation:
3a731e1f 6413
116e44a1
AM
6414@defopt c-label-minimum-indentation
6415@vindex label-minimum-indentation (c-)
6416In @samp{gnu} style (@pxref{Built-in Styles}), a minimum indentation is
6417imposed on lines inside code blocks. This minimum indentation is
6418controlled by this style variable. The default value is 1.
6419
6420@findex c-gnu-impose-minimum
6421@findex gnu-impose-minimum (c-)
6422It's the function @code{c-gnu-impose-minimum} that enforces this minimum
6423indentation. It must be present on @code{c-special-indent-hook} to
6424work.
6425@end defopt
3a731e1f 6426
116e44a1
AM
6427@defopt c-special-indent-hook
6428@vindex special-indent-hook (c-)
6429This style variable is a standard hook variable that is called after
6430every line is indented by @ccmode{}. It is called only if
6431@code{c-syntactic-indentation} is non-@code{nil} (which it is by
6432default (@pxref{Indentation Engine Basics})). You can put a function
6433on this hook to do any special indentation or ad hoc line adjustments
6434your style dictates, such as adding extra indentation to constructors
6435or destructor declarations in a class definition, etc. Sometimes it
6436is better to write a custom Line-up Function instead (@pxref{Custom
6437Line-Up}).
6438
6439When the indentation engine calls this hook, the variable
6440@code{c-syntactic-context} is bound to the current syntactic context
6441(i.e. what you would get by typing @kbd{C-c C-s} on the source line.
6442@xref{Custom Braces}.). Note that you should not change point or mark
6443inside a @code{c-special-indent-hook} function, i.e. you'll probably
6444want to wrap your function in a @code{save-excursion}@footnote{The
6445numerical value returned by @code{point} will change if you change the
6446indentation of the line within a @code{save-excursion} form, but point
6447itself will still be over the same piece of text.}.
6448
6449Setting @code{c-special-indent-hook} in style definitions is handled
6450slightly differently from other variables---A style can only add
6451functions to this hook, not remove them. @xref{Style Variables}.
6452@end defopt
3a731e1f 6453
3a731e1f 6454
116e44a1
AM
6455@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6456@node Custom Macros, Odds and Ends, Customizing Indentation, Top
6457@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6458@chapter Customizing Macros
6459@cindex macros
6460@cindex preprocessor directives
6461@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3a731e1f 6462
116e44a1 6463Normally, the lines in a multi-line macro are indented relative to
4dc5fe62 6464each other as though they were code. You can suppress this behaviour
116e44a1 6465by setting the following user option:
3a731e1f 6466
116e44a1
AM
6467@defopt c-syntactic-indentation-in-macros
6468@vindex syntactic-indentation-in-macros (c-)
6469Enable syntactic analysis inside macros, which is the default. If this
6470is @code{nil}, all lines inside macro definitions are analyzed as
6471@code{cpp-macro-cont}.
6472@end defopt
3a731e1f 6473
116e44a1
AM
6474@ccmode{} provides some tools to help keep the line continuation
6475backslashes in macros neat and tidy. Their precise action is
6476customized with these variables:
3a731e1f 6477
116e44a1
AM
6478@defopt c-backslash-column
6479@vindex backslash-column (c-)
6480@defoptx c-backslash-max-column
6481@vindex backslash-max-column (c-)
6482These variables control the alignment columns for line continuation
6483backslashes in multiline macros. They are used by the functions that
6484automatically insert or align such backslashes,
6485e.g. @code{c-backslash-region} and @code{c-context-line-break}.
3a731e1f 6486
116e44a1
AM
6487@code{c-backslash-column} specifies the minimum column for the
6488backslashes. If any line in the macro goes past this column, then the
6489next tab stop (i.e. next multiple of @code{tab-width}) in that line is
6490used as the alignment column for all the backslashes, so that they
6491remain in a single column. However, if any lines go past
6492@code{c-backslash-max-column} then the backslashes in the rest of the
6493macro will be kept at that column, so that the lines which are too
6494long ``stick out'' instead.
6495
6496Don't ever set these variables to @code{nil}. If you want to disable
6497the automatic alignment of backslashes, use
6498@code{c-auto-align-backslashes}.
6499@end defopt
d7bd46ed 6500
116e44a1
AM
6501@defopt c-auto-align-backslashes
6502@vindex auto-align-backslashes (c-)
6503Align automatically inserted line continuation backslashes if
6504non-@code{nil}. When line continuation backslashes are inserted
6505automatically for line breaks in multiline macros, e.g. by
6506@code{c-context-line-break}, they are aligned with the other
6507backslashes in the same macro if this flag is set.
6508
6509If @code{c-auto-align-backslashes} is @code{nil}, automatically
6510inserted backslashes are preceded by a single space, and backslashes
6511get aligned only when you explicitly invoke the command
6512@code{c-backslash-region} (@kbd{C-c C-\}).
6513@end defopt
6bf7aab6 6514
d7bd46ed 6515@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 6516@node Odds and Ends, Sample .emacs File, Custom Macros, Top
3a731e1f
MS
6517@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6518@chapter Odds and Ends
6519@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6520
6521The stuff that didn't fit in anywhere else is documented here.
6522
6523@defopt c-require-final-newline
6524@vindex require-final-newline (c-)
116e44a1
AM
6525Controls whether a final newline is enforced when the file is saved.
6526The value is an association list that for each language mode specifies
6527the value to give to @code{require-final-newline} (@pxref{Saving
6528Buffers,,, @lispref{}, @lispreftitle{}}) at mode initialization. If a
6529language isn't present on the association list, CC Mode won't touch
3a731e1f
MS
6530@code{require-final-newline} in buffers for that language.
6531
6532The default is to set @code{require-final-newline} to @code{t} in the
116e44a1
AM
6533languages that mandate that source files should end with newlines.
6534These are C, C++ and Objective-C.
3a731e1f
MS
6535@end defopt
6536
6537@defopt c-echo-syntactic-information-p
6538@vindex echo-syntactic-information-p (c-)
6539If non-@code{nil}, the syntactic analysis for the current line is shown
6540in the echo area when it's indented (unless
6541@code{c-syntactic-indentation} is @code{nil}). That's useful when
6542finding out which syntactic symbols to modify to get the indentation you
6543want.
6544@end defopt
6545
6546@defopt c-report-syntactic-errors
6547@vindex report-syntactic-errors (c-)
6548If non-@code{nil}, certain syntactic errors are reported with a ding and
6549a message, for example when an @code{else} is indented for which there
6550is no corresponding @code{if}.
6551
6552Note however that @ccmode{} doesn't make any special effort to check for
6553syntactic errors; that's the job of the compiler. The reason it can
6554report cases like the one above is that it can't find the correct
6555anchoring position to indent the line in that case.
6556@end defopt
6557
6558
6559@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1
AM
6560@node Sample .emacs File, Performance Issues, Odds and Ends, Top
6561@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6562@appendix Sample .emacs File
6563@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6564
cdae7c3a
AM
6565Here's a sample .emacs file fragment that might help you along the way.
6566Just copy this region and paste it into your .emacs file. You might want
6567to change some of the actual values.
116e44a1 6568
cdae7c3a
AM
6569@verbatim
6570;; Make a non-standard key binding. We can put this in
116e44a1
AM
6571;; c-mode-base-map because c-mode-map, c++-mode-map, and so on,
6572;; inherit from it.
6573(defun my-c-initialization-hook ()
cdae7c3a 6574 (define-key c-mode-base-map "\C-m" 'c-context-line-break))
116e44a1
AM
6575(add-hook 'c-initialization-hook 'my-c-initialization-hook)
6576
6577;; offset customizations not in my-c-style
6578;; This will take precedence over any setting of the syntactic symbol
6579;; made by a style.
6580(setq c-offsets-alist '((member-init-intro . ++)))
6581
6582;; Create my personal style.
6583(defconst my-c-style
6584 '((c-tab-always-indent . t)
6585 (c-comment-only-line-offset . 4)
6586 (c-hanging-braces-alist . ((substatement-open after)
6587 (brace-list-open)))
6588 (c-hanging-colons-alist . ((member-init-intro before)
6589 (inher-intro)
6590 (case-label after)
6591 (label after)
6592 (access-label after)))
6593 (c-cleanup-list . (scope-operator
6594 empty-defun-braces
6595 defun-close-semi))
6596 (c-offsets-alist . ((arglist-close . c-lineup-arglist)
6597 (substatement-open . 0)
6598 (case-label . 4)
6599 (block-open . 0)
6600 (knr-argdecl-intro . -)))
6601 (c-echo-syntactic-information-p . t))
6602 "My C Programming Style")
6603(c-add-style "PERSONAL" my-c-style)
6604
6605;; Customizations for all modes in CC Mode.
6606(defun my-c-mode-common-hook ()
6607 ;; set my personal style for the current buffer
6608 (c-set-style "PERSONAL")
6609 ;; other customizations
6610 (setq tab-width 8
6611 ;; this will make sure spaces are used instead of tabs
6612 indent-tabs-mode nil)
6613 ;; we like auto-newline, but not hungry-delete
6614 (c-toggle-auto-newline 1))
6615(add-hook 'c-mode-common-hook 'my-c-mode-common-hook)
6616@end verbatim
6617
6618@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6619@node Performance Issues, Limitations and Known Bugs, Sample .emacs File, Top
d7bd46ed 6620@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3a731e1f
MS
6621@chapter Performance Issues
6622@cindex performance
6bf7aab6
DL
6623@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6624
3a731e1f
MS
6625@comment FIXME: (ACM, 2003/5/24). Check whether AWK needs mentioning here.
6626
6bf7aab6 6627C and its derivative languages are highly complex creatures. Often,
3a731e1f
MS
6628ambiguous code situations arise that require @ccmode{} to scan large
6629portions of the buffer to determine syntactic context. Such
6630pathological code can cause @ccmode{} to perform fairly badly. This
6631section gives some insight in how @ccmode{} operates, how that interacts
6632with some coding styles, and what you can use to improve performance.
6633
116e44a1 6634The overall goal is that @ccmode{} shouldn't be overly slow (i.e. take
3a731e1f 6635more than a fraction of a second) in any interactive operation.
116e44a1
AM
6636I.e. it's tuned to limit the maximum response time in single operations,
6637which is sometimes at the expense of batch-like operations like
3a731e1f
MS
6638reindenting whole blocks. If you find that @ccmode{} gradually gets
6639slower and slower in certain situations, perhaps as the file grows in
6640size or as the macro or comment you're editing gets bigger, then chances
6641are that something isn't working right. You should consider reporting
6642it, unless it's something that's mentioned in this section.
6bf7aab6
DL
6643
6644Because @ccmode{} has to scan the buffer backwards from the current
6645insertion point, and because C's syntax is fairly difficult to parse in
6646the backwards direction, @ccmode{} often tries to find the nearest
3a731e1f 6647position higher up in the buffer from which to begin a forward scan
116e44a1 6648(it's typically an opening or closing parenthesis of some kind). The
3a731e1f
MS
6649farther this position is from the current insertion point, the slower it
6650gets.
6bf7aab6
DL
6651
6652@findex beginning-of-defun
116e44a1
AM
6653In earlier versions of @ccmode{}, we used to recommend putting the
6654opening brace of a top-level construct@footnote{E.g. a function in C,
6655or outermost class definition in C++ or Java.} into the leftmost
6656column. Earlier still, this used to be a rigid Emacs constraint, as
6657embodied in the @code{beginning-of-defun} function. @ccmode now
6658caches syntactic information much better, so that the delay caused by
6659searching for such a brace when it's not in column 0 is minimal,
6660except perhaps when you've just moved a long way inside the file.
6bf7aab6 6661
116e44a1 6662@findex defun-prompt-regexp
6bf7aab6
DL
6663@vindex c-Java-defun-prompt-regexp
6664@vindex Java-defun-prompt-regexp (c-)
3a731e1f
MS
6665A special note about @code{defun-prompt-regexp} in Java mode: The common
6666style is to hang the opening braces of functions and classes on the
6667right side of the line, and that doesn't work well with the Emacs
116e44a1 6668approach. @ccmode{} comes with a constant
6bf7aab6
DL
6669@code{c-Java-defun-prompt-regexp} which tries to define a regular
6670expression usable for this style, but there are problems with it. In
6671some cases it can cause @code{beginning-of-defun} to hang@footnote{This
6672has been observed in Emacs 19.34 and XEmacs 19.15.}. For this reason,
6673it is not used by default, but if you feel adventurous, you can set
6674@code{defun-prompt-regexp} to it in your mode hook. In any event,
3a731e1f
MS
6675setting and relying on @code{defun-prompt-regexp} will definitely slow
6676things down because (X)Emacs will be doing regular expression searches a
6677lot, so you'll probably be taking a hit either way!
6678
6679@ccmode{} maintains a cache of the opening parentheses of the blocks
6680surrounding the point, and it adapts that cache as the point is moved
6681around. That means that in bad cases it can take noticeable time to
6682indent a line in a new surrounding, but after that it gets fast as long
6683as the point isn't moved far off. The farther the point is moved, the
6684less useful is the cache. Since editing typically is done in ``chunks''
6685rather than on single lines far apart from each other, the cache
6686typically gives good performance even when the code doesn't fit the
6687Emacs approach to finding the defun starts.
d7bd46ed
GM
6688
6689@vindex c-enable-xemacs-performance-kludge-p
6690@vindex enable-xemacs-performance-kludge-p (c-)
3a731e1f 6691XEmacs users can set the variable
d7bd46ed
GM
6692@code{c-enable-xemacs-performance-kludge-p} to non-@code{nil}. This
6693tells @ccmode{} to use XEmacs-specific built-in functions which, in some
3a731e1f 6694circumstances, can locate the top-most opening brace much more quickly than
d7bd46ed 6695@code{beginning-of-defun}. Preliminary testing has shown that for
116e44a1 6696styles where these braces are hung (e.g. most JDK-derived Java styles),
d7bd46ed
GM
6697this hack can improve performance of the core syntax parsing routines
6698from 3 to 60 times. However, for styles which @emph{do} conform to
6699Emacs' recommended style of putting top-level braces in column zero,
6700this hack can degrade performance by about as much. Thus this variable
3a731e1f
MS
6701is set to @code{nil} by default, since the Emacs-friendly styles should
6702be more common (and encouraged!). Note that this variable has no effect
6703in Emacs since the necessary built-in functions don't exist (in Emacs
670421.3 as of this writing in May 2003).
6705
6706Text properties are used to speed up skipping over syntactic whitespace,
116e44a1 6707i.e. comments and preprocessor directives. Indenting a line after a
3a731e1f
MS
6708huge macro definition can be slow the first time, but after that the
6709text properties are in place and it should be fast (even after you've
6710edited other parts of the file and then moved back).
6711
6712Font locking can be a CPU hog, especially the font locking done on
6713decoration level 3 which tries to be very accurate. Note that that
6714level is designed to be used with a font lock support mode that only
116e44a1 6715fontifies the text that's actually shown, i.e. Lazy Lock or Just-in-time
3a731e1f
MS
6716Lock mode, so make sure you use one of them. Fontification of a whole
6717buffer with some thousand lines can often take over a minute. That is
6718a known weakness; the idea is that it never should happen.
6719
6720The most effective way to speed up font locking is to reduce the
6721decoration level to 2 by setting @code{font-lock-maximum-decoration}
6722appropriately. That level is designed to be as pretty as possible
6723without sacrificing performance. @xref{Font Locking Preliminaries}, for
6724more info.
6bf7aab6
DL
6725
6726
cb7f2e96 6727@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 6728@node Limitations and Known Bugs, FAQ, Performance Issues, Top
cb7f2e96 6729@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3a731e1f 6730@chapter Limitations and Known Bugs
cb7f2e96
GM
6731@cindex limitations
6732@cindex bugs
6733@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6734
6735@itemize @bullet
cdae7c3a
AM
6736@item
6737@ccmode{} doesn't support trigraphs. (These are character sequences
6738such as @samp{??(}, which represents @samp{[}. They date from a time
6739when some character sets didn't have all the characters that C needs,
6740and are now utterly obsolete.)
6741
cb7f2e96 6742@item
116e44a1
AM
6743There is no way to apply auto newline settings (@pxref{Auto-newlines})
6744on already typed lines. That's only a feature to ease interactive
6745editing.
cb7f2e96 6746
3a731e1f
MS
6747To generalize this issue a bit: @ccmode{} is not intended to be used as
6748a reformatter for old code in some more or less batch-like way. With
6749the exception of some functions like @code{c-indent-region}, it's only
6750geared to be used interactively to edit new code. There's currently no
6751intention to change this goal.
6752
6753If you want to reformat old code, you're probably better off using some
116e44a1 6754other tool instead, e.g. @ref{Top, , GNU indent, indent, The `indent'
3a731e1f
MS
6755Manual}, which has more powerful reformatting capabilities than
6756@ccmode{}.
cb7f2e96 6757
cb7f2e96 6758@item
116e44a1
AM
6759The support for C++ templates (in angle brackets) is not yet complete.
6760When a non-nested template is used in a declaration, @ccmode{} indents
6761it and font-locks it OK. Templates used in expressions, and nested
6762templates do not fare so well. Sometimes a workaround is to refontify
6763the expression after typing the closing @samp{>}.
cdae7c3a
AM
6764
6765@item
6766On loading @ccmode{}, sometimes this error message appears:
6767
6768@example
6769File mode specification error: (void-variable c-font-lock-keywords-3)
6770@end example
6771
6772This is due to a bug in the function @code{eval-after-load} in some
6773versions of (X)Emacs. It can manifest itself when there is a symbolic
6774link in the path of the directory which contains (X)Emacs. As a
6775workaround, put the following into your @file{.emacs} file, fairly
6776early on:
6777
6778@example
6779(defun my-load-cc-fonts ()
6780 (require "cc-fonts"))
6781(add-hook 'c-initialization-hook 'my-load-cc-fonts)
6782@end example
cb7f2e96
GM
6783@end itemize
6784
6bf7aab6 6785@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 6786@node FAQ, Updating CC Mode, Limitations and Known Bugs, Top
d7bd46ed 6787@comment node-name, next, previous, up
cb7f2e96 6788@appendix Frequently Asked Questions
6bf7aab6
DL
6789@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6790
3a731e1f
MS
6791@itemize @bullet
6792@item
116e44a1 6793@emph{How can I change the indent level from 4 spaces to 2 spaces?}
6bf7aab6 6794
116e44a1 6795Set the variable @code{c-basic-offset}. @xref{Getting Started}.
6bf7aab6 6796
3a731e1f
MS
6797@item
6798@kindex RET
6799@kindex C-j
6800@emph{Why doesn't the @kbd{RET} key indent the new line?}
6bf7aab6 6801
3a731e1f
MS
6802Emacs' convention is that @kbd{RET} just adds a newline, and that
6803@kbd{C-j} adds a newline and indents it. You can make @kbd{RET} do this
116e44a1 6804too by adding this to your @code{c-initialization-hook}:
6bf7aab6 6805
6bf7aab6 6806@example
d7bd46ed 6807(define-key c-mode-base-map "\C-m" 'c-context-line-break)
6bf7aab6
DL
6808@end example
6809
116e44a1
AM
6810@xref{Getting Started}. This is a very common question. If you want
6811this to be the default behavior, don't lobby us, lobby RMS! @t{:-)}
6812
6813@item
6814@emph{How do I stop my code jumping all over the place when I type?}
6815
6816Deactivate ``electric minor mode'' with @kbd{C-c C-l}. @xref{Getting
6817Started}.
6818
6819@item
6820@kindex C-x h
6821@kindex C-M-\
6822@emph{How do I reindent the whole file?}
6823
6824Visit the file and hit @kbd{C-x h} to mark the whole buffer. Then hit
6825@kbd{C-M-\}. @xref{Indentation Commands}.
6826
6827@item
6828@kindex C-M-q
6829@kindex C-M-u
6830@emph{How do I reindent the current block?}
6831
6832First move to the brace which opens the block with @kbd{C-M-u}, then
6833reindent that expression with @kbd{C-M-q}. @xref{Indentation
6834Commands}.
6bf7aab6 6835
3a731e1f
MS
6836@item
6837@emph{I put @code{(c-set-offset 'substatement-open 0)} in my
6838@file{.emacs} file but I get an error saying that @code{c-set-offset}'s
6839function definition is void. What's wrong?}
6bf7aab6 6840
116e44a1
AM
6841This means that @ccmode{} hasn't yet been loaded into your Emacs
6842session by the time the @code{c-set-offset} call is reached, most
6843likely because @ccmode{} is being autoloaded. Instead of putting the
6844@code{c-set-offset} line in your top-level @file{.emacs} file, put it
6845in your @code{c-initialization-hook} (@pxref{CC Hooks}), or simply
6846modify @code{c-offsets-alist} directly:
f214c025 6847
3a731e1f
MS
6848@example
6849(setq c-offsets-alist '((substatement-open . 0)))
6bf7aab6
DL
6850@end example
6851
2a15eb73
MS
6852@item
6853@cindex open paren in column zero
6854@emph{I have an open paren character at column zero inside a comment or
6855multiline string literal, and it causes the fontification and/or
6856indentation to go haywire. What gives?}
6857
6858It's due to the ad-hoc rule in (X)Emacs that such open parens always
6859start defuns (which translates to functions, classes, namespaces or any
6860other top-level block constructs in the @ccmode{} languages).
116e44a1
AM
6861@ifset XEMACS
6862@xref{Defuns,,, xemacs, XEmacs User's Manual}, for details.
6863@end ifset
6864@ifclear XEMACS
6865@xref{Left Margin Paren,,, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}, for details
6866(@xref{Defuns,,, emacs, GNU Emacs Manual}, in the Emacs 20 manual).
6867@end ifclear
2a15eb73
MS
6868
6869This heuristic is built into the core syntax analysis routines in
116e44a1
AM
6870(X)Emacs, so it's not really a @ccmode{} issue. However, in Emacs
687121.1 it became possible to turn it off@footnote{Using the variable
2a15eb73 6872@code{open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start}.} and @ccmode{} does so
116e44a1 6873there since it's got its own system to keep track of blocks.
2a15eb73 6874
3a731e1f 6875@end itemize
6bf7aab6
DL
6876
6877
6878@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 6879@node Updating CC Mode, Mailing Lists and Bug Reports, FAQ, Top
d7bd46ed 6880@comment node-name, next, previous, up
cb7f2e96 6881@appendix Getting the Latest CC Mode Release
6bf7aab6
DL
6882@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6883
3a731e1f
MS
6884@ccmode{} has been standard with all versions of Emacs since 19.34 and
6885of XEmacs since 19.16.
d7bd46ed 6886
3a731e1f 6887@cindex web site
d7bd46ed 6888Due to release schedule skew, it is likely that all of these Emacsen
177c0ea7 6889have old versions of @ccmode{} and so should be upgraded. Access to the
d7bd46ed 6890@ccmode{} source code, as well as more detailed information on Emacsen
3a731e1f 6891compatibility, etc. are all available on the web site:
6bf7aab6 6892
3a731e1f
MS
6893@quotation
6894@uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net/}
6895@end quotation
6bf7aab6 6896
6bf7aab6 6897
cb7f2e96 6898@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 6899@node Mailing Lists and Bug Reports, Command and Function Index, Updating CC Mode, Top
cb7f2e96
GM
6900@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6901@appendix Mailing Lists and Submitting Bug Reports
cb7f2e96
GM
6902@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6903
6904@kindex C-c C-b
6905@findex c-submit-bug-report
6906@findex submit-bug-report (c-)
3a731e1f
MS
6907To report bugs, use the @kbd{C-c C-b} (bound to
6908@code{c-submit-bug-report}) command. This provides vital information
6909we need to reproduce your problem. Make sure you include a concise,
6910but complete code example. Please try to boil your example down to
6911just the essential code needed to reproduce the problem, and include
6912an exact recipe of steps needed to expose the bug. Be especially sure
6913to include any code that appears @emph{before} your bug example, if
6914you think it might affect our ability to reproduce it.
cb7f2e96
GM
6915
6916Please try to produce the problem in an Emacs instance without any
116e44a1
AM
6917customizations loaded (i.e. start it with the @samp{-q -no-site-file}
6918arguments). If it works correctly there, the problem might be caused
6919by faulty customizations in either your own or your site
6920configuration. In that case, we'd appreciate if you isolate the Emacs
6921Lisp code that triggers the bug and include it in your report.
cb7f2e96
GM
6922
6923@cindex bug report mailing list
116e44a1
AM
6924Bug reports should be sent to @email{bug-cc-mode@@gnu.org}. You can
6925also send other questions and suggestions (kudos? @t{;-)} to that
6926address. It's a mailing list which you can join or browse an archive
6927of; see the web site at @uref{http://cc-mode.sourceforge.net/} for
6928further details.
cb7f2e96
GM
6929
6930@cindex announcement mailing list
6931If you want to get announcements of new @ccmode{} releases, send the
6932word @emph{subscribe} in the body of a message to
3a731e1f
MS
6933@email{cc-mode-announce-request@@lists.sourceforge.net}. It's possible
6934to subscribe from the web site too. Announcements will also be posted
116e44a1
AM
6935to the Usenet newsgroups @code{gnu.emacs.sources}, @code{comp.emacs},
6936@code{comp.emacs.xemacs}, @code{comp.lang.c}, @code{comp.lang.c++},
6937@code{comp.lang.objective-c}, @code{comp.lang.java.softwaretools},
6938@code{comp.lang.idl}, and @code{comp.lang.awk}.
6939@c There is no newsgroup for Pike. :-(
cb7f2e96 6940
116e44a1 6941@c Removed the tentative node "Mode Initialization" from here, 2005/8/27.
6bf7aab6 6942@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 6943@node Command and Function Index, Variable Index, Mailing Lists and Bug Reports, Top
d7bd46ed 6944@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3a731e1f 6945@unnumbered Command and Function Index
d7bd46ed 6946@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6bf7aab6 6947
3a731e1f
MS
6948Since most @ccmode{} commands are prepended with the string
6949@samp{c-}, each appears under its @code{c-@var{thing}} name and its
6950@code{@var{thing} (c-)} name.
6951@iftex
6952@sp 2
6953@end iftex
6954@printindex fn
6bf7aab6
DL
6955
6956
d7bd46ed 6957@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 6958@node Variable Index, Concept and Key Index, Command and Function Index, Top
d7bd46ed 6959@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3a731e1f 6960@unnumbered Variable Index
d7bd46ed 6961@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6bf7aab6 6962
3a731e1f
MS
6963Since most @ccmode{} variables are prepended with the string
6964@samp{c-}, each appears under its @code{c-@var{thing}} name and its
6965@code{@var{thing} (c-)} name.
6bf7aab6
DL
6966@iftex
6967@sp 2
6968@end iftex
3a731e1f 6969@printindex vr
6bf7aab6
DL
6970
6971
d7bd46ed 6972@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
116e44a1 6973@node Concept and Key Index, , Variable Index, Top
d7bd46ed 6974@comment node-name, next, previous, up
116e44a1 6975@unnumbered Concept and Key Index
d7bd46ed 6976@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6bf7aab6 6977
3a731e1f 6978@printindex cp
6bf7aab6
DL
6979
6980
d7bd46ed 6981@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
3a731e1f 6982@comment Epilogue.
d7bd46ed 6983@comment !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!
6bf7aab6 6984
cb7f2e96 6985@iftex
6bf7aab6
DL
6986@page
6987@summarycontents
6988@contents
cb7f2e96
GM
6989@end iftex
6990
6bf7aab6 6991@bye
ab5796a9
MB
6992
6993@ignore
6994 arch-tag: c4cab162-5e57-4366-bdce-4a9db2fc97f0
6995@end ignore